# include <cmath>
# include <cstdlib>
# include <cstring>
# include <ctime>
# include <iomanip>
# include <iostream>

using namespace std;

# include "i4lib.hpp"

//****************************************************************************80

int i4_abs ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_ABS returns the absolute value of an I4.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 September 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, an integer.
//
//    Output, int I4_ABS, the absolute value of the integer.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( 0 <= i )
  {
    value = i;
  }
  else
  {
    value = - i;
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_bit_hi1 ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_BIT_HI1 returns the position of the high 1 bit base 2 in an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//       N    Binary    Hi 1
//    ----    --------  ----
//       0           0     0
//       1           1     1
//       2          10     2
//       3          11     2
//       4         100     3
//       5         101     3
//       6         110     3
//       7         111     3
//       8        1000     4
//       9        1001     4
//      10        1010     4
//      11        1011     4
//      12        1100     4
//      13        1101     4
//      14        1110     4
//      15        1111     4
//      16       10000     5
//      17       10001     5
//    1023  1111111111    10
//    1024 10000000000    11
//    1025 10000000001    11
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 March 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the integer to be measured.
//    N should be nonnegative.  If N is nonpositive, I4_BIT_HI1
//    will always be 0.
//
//    Output, int I4_BIT_HI1, the location of the high order bit.
//
{
  int bit;

  bit = 0;

  while ( 0 < n )
  {
    bit = bit + 1;
    n = n / 2;
  }

  return bit;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_bit_lo0 ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_BIT_LO0 returns the position of the low 0 bit base 2 in an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//       N    Binary    Lo 0
//    ----    --------  ----
//       0           0     1
//       1           1     2
//       2          10     1
//       3          11     3
//       4         100     1
//       5         101     2
//       6         110     1
//       7         111     4
//       8        1000     1
//       9        1001     2
//      10        1010     1
//      11        1011     3
//      12        1100     1
//      13        1101     2
//      14        1110     1
//      15        1111     5
//      16       10000     1
//      17       10001     2
//    1023  1111111111     1
//    1024 10000000000     1
//    1025 10000000001     1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 March 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the integer to be measured.
//    N should be nonnegative.
//
//    Output, int I4_BIT_LO0, the position of the low 1 bit.
//
{
  int bit;
  int n2;

  bit = 0;

  while ( true )
  {
    bit = bit + 1;
    n2 = n / 2;

    if ( n == 2 * n2 )
    {
      break;
    }

    n = n2;

  }

  return bit;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_bit_lo1 ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_BIT_LO1 returns the position of the low 1 bit base 2 in an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//       N    Binary    Lo 1
//    ----    --------  ----
//       0           0     0
//       1           1     1
//       2          10     2
//       3          11     1
//       4         100     3
//       5         101     1
//       6         110     2
//       7         111     1
//       8        1000     4
//       9        1001     1
//      10        1010     2
//      11        1011     1
//      12        1100     3
//      13        1101     1
//      14        1110     2
//      15        1111     1
//      16       10000     5
//      17       10001     1
//    1023  1111111111     1
//    1024 10000000000    11
//    1025 10000000001     1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    05 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the integer to be measured.
//    N should be nonnegative.
//
//    Output, int I4_BIT_LO1, the position of the low 1 bit.
//
{

  int bit;
  int i;
  int i2;

  bit = 0;
  i = n;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    bit = bit + 1;
    i2 = i / 2;

    if ( i != 2 * i2 )
    {
      break;
    }

    i = i2;
  }

  return bit;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_bit_reverse ( int i, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_BIT_REVERSE reverses the bits in an I4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4 is an int value.
//
//  Example:
//
//       I      N  2^N     I4_BIT_REVERSE ( I, N )
//    ----    --------  -----------------------
//       0      0    1     0
//       1      0    1     1
//
//       0      3    8     0
//       1      3    8     4
//       2      3    8     2
//       3      3    8     6
//       4      3    8     1
//       5      3    8     5
//       6      3    8     3
//       7      3    8     7
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 March 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be bit reversed.
//    I should be nonnegative.  Normally I < 2^N.
//
//    Input, int N, indicates the number of bits to
//    be reverse (N+1) or the base with respect to which the integer is to
//    be reversed (2^N).  N should be nonnegative.
//
//    Output, int I4_BIT_REVERSE, the bit reversed value.
//
{
  int b;
  int j;
  int value;

  if ( i < 0 )
  {
    value = -1;
  }
  else if ( n < 0 )
  {
    value = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    b = i4_power ( 2, n );
    j = ( i % b );

    value = 0;

    for ( ; ; )
    {
      if ( b == 1 )
      {
        value = value + j;
        j = 0;
        break;
      }
      else
      {
        if ( ( j % 2 ) == 1 )
        {
          value = value + b / 2;
          j = j - 1;
        }

        j = j / 2 ;
        b = b / 2;
      }
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_ceiling ( double x )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_CEILING rounds an R8 up to the next I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//    X        I4_CEILING(X)
//
//   -1.1      -1
//   -1.0      -1
//   -0.9       0
//   -0.1       0
//    0.0       0
//    0.1       1
//    0.9       1
//    1.0       1
//    1.1       2
//    2.9       3
//    3.0       3
//    3.14159   4
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    10 November 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, double X, the number whose ceiling is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_CEILING, the ceiling of X.
//
{
  int value;

  value = ( int ) x;

  if ( value < x )
  {
    value = value + 1;
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_characteristic ( int q )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_CHARACTERISTIC gives the characteristic for an I4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    For any positive integer Q, the characteristic is:
//
//    Q, if Q is a prime;
//    P, if Q = P**N for some prime P and some integer N;
//    0, otherwise, that is, if Q is negative, 0, 1, or the product
//       of more than one distinct prime.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 March 2004
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Paul Bratley, Bennett Fox, Harald Niederreiter,
//    Algorithm 738:
//    Programs to Generate Niederreiter's Low-Discrepancy Sequences,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 20, Number 4, pages 494-495, 1994.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int Q, the value to be tested.
//
//    Output, int I4_CHARACTERISTIC, the characteristic of Q.
//
{
  int i;
  int i_maximum;

  if ( q <= 1 )
  {
    return 0;
  }
//
//  If Q is not prime, then there is at least one prime factor
//  of Q no greater than SQRT(Q)+1.
//
//  A faster code would only consider prime values of I,
//  but that entails storing a table of primes and limiting the
//  size of Q.  Simplicity and flexibility for now//
//
  i_maximum = ( int ) ( sqrt ( ( double ) ( q ) ) ) + 1;

  for ( i = 2; i <= i_maximum; i++ )
  {
    if ( ( q % i ) == 0 )
    {
      while ( ( q % i ) == 0 )
      {
        q = q / i;
      }

      if ( q == 1 )
      {
        return i;
      }
      else
      {
        return 0;
      }
    }
  }
//
//  If no factor was found, then Q is prime.
//
  return q;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_choose ( int n, int k )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_CHOOSE computes the binomial coefficient C(N,K).
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The value is calculated in such a way as to avoid overflow and
//    roundoff.  The calculation is done in integer arithmetic.
//
//    The formula used is:
//
//      C(N,K) = N! / ( K! * (N-K)! )
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    06 January 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    ML Wolfson, HV Wright,
//    Algorithm 160:
//    Combinatorial of M Things Taken N at a Time,
//    Communications of the ACM,
//    Volume 6, Number 4, April 1963, page 161.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, K, the values of N and K.
//
//    Output, int I4_CHOOSE, the number of combinations of N
//    things taken K at a time.
//
{
  int i;
  int mn;
  int mx;
  int value;

  mn = k;
  mx = n - k;
  if ( mx < mn )
  {
    mn = n - k;
    mx = k;
  }

  if ( mn < 0 )
  {
    value = 0;
  }
  else if ( mn == 0 )
  {
    value = 1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = mx + 1;

    for ( i = 2; i <= mn; i++ )
    {
      value = ( value * ( mx + i ) ) / i;
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_div_rounded ( int a, int b )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_DIV_ROUNDED computes the rounded result of I4 division.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This routine computes C = A / B, where A, B and C are integers
//    and C is the closest integer value to the exact real result.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 October 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int A, B, the number to be divided,
//    and the divisor.
//
//    Output, int I4_DIV_ROUNDED, the rounded result
//    of the division.
//
{
  int a_abs;
  int b_abs;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int value;

  if ( a == 0 && b == 0 )
  {
    value = i4_huge;
  }
  else if ( a == 0 )
  {
    value = 0;
  }
  else if ( b == 0 )
  {
    if ( a < 0 )
    {
      value = - i4_huge;
    }
    else
    {
      value = + i4_huge;
    }
  }
  else
  {
    a_abs = abs ( a );
    b_abs = abs ( b );

    value = a_abs / b_abs;
/*
  Round the value.
*/
    if ( ( 2 * value + 1 ) * b_abs < 2 * a_abs )
    {
      value = value + 1;
    }
/*
  Set the sign.
*/
    if ( ( a < 0 && 0 < b ) || ( 0 < a && b < 0 ) )
    {
      value = - value;
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_division ( int a, int b )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_DIVISION returns the result of integer division.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This routine computes C = A / B, where the result is rounded to the
//    integer value nearest 0.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 March 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int A, the number to be divided.
//
//    Input, int B, the divisor.
//
//    Output, int I4_DIVISION, the result.
//
{
  int a_abs;
  int b_abs;
  int s;
  int value;

  if ( a * b < 0 )
  {
    s = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    s = +1;
  }

  a_abs = abs ( a );
  b_abs = abs ( b );
  value = s * ( a_abs / b_abs );

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_divp ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_DIVP returns the smallest multiple of J greater than or equal to an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//    I  J  I4_DIVP(I,J)
//
//    0  4    0
//    1  4    1
//    2  4    1
//    3  4    1
//    4  4    1
//    5  4    2
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the number to be analyzed.
//
//    Input, int J, the number, multiples of which will
//    be compared against I.  J may not be zero.
//
//    Output, int I4_DIVP, the smallest multiple of J that
//    is greater than or equal to I.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( j == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_DIVP - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The input value of J was zero.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  value = 1 + ( i - 1 ) / j;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_factorial ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FACTORIAL computes the factorial of N.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    factorial ( N ) = product ( 1 <= I <= N ) I
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 June 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the argument of the factorial function.
//    If N is less than 1, the function value is returned as 1.
//    0 <= N <= 13 is required.
//
//    Output, int I4_FACTORIAL, the factorial of N.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  value = 1;

  if ( 13 < n )
  {
    cerr << "I4_FACTORIAL - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  I4_FACTORIAL(N) cannot be computed as an integer\n";
    cerr << "  for 13 < N.\n";
    cerr << "  Input value N = " << n << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    value = value * i;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_factorial2 ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FACTORIAL2 computes the double factorial function.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    FACTORIAL2( N ) = Product ( N * (N-2) * (N-4) * ... * 2 )  (N even)
//                    = Product ( N * (N-2) * (N-4) * ... * 1 )  (N odd)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 March 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the argument of the double factorial function.
//    If N is less than 1, I4_FACTORIAL2 is returned as 1.
//
//    Output, int I4_FACTORIAL2, the value of the double factorial function.
//
{
  int n_copy;
  int value;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    value = 1;
    return value;
  }

  n_copy = n;
  value = 1;

  while ( 1 < n_copy )
  {
    value = value * n_copy;
    n_copy = n_copy - 2;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_factorial2_values ( int &n_data, int &n, int &fn )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FACTORIAL2_VALUES returns values of the double factorial function.
//
//  Formula:
//
//    FACTORIAL2( N ) = Product ( N * (N-2) * (N-4) * ... * 2 )  (N even)
//                    = Product ( N * (N-2) * (N-4) * ... * 1 )  (N odd)
//
//    In Mathematica, the function can be evaluated by:
//
//      n!!
//
//  Example:
//
//     N    N!!
//
//     0     1
//     1     1
//     2     2
//     3     3
//     4     8
//     5    15
//     6    48
//     7   105
//     8   384
//     9   945
//    10  3840
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 August 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Milton Abramowitz, Irene Stegun,
//    Handbook of Mathematical Functions,
//    National Bureau of Standards, 1964,
//    ISBN: 0-486-61272-4,
//    LC: QA47.A34.
//
//    Stephen Wolfram,
//    The Mathematica Book,
//    Fourth Edition,
//    Cambridge University Press, 1999,
//    ISBN: 0-521-64314-7,
//    LC: QA76.95.W65.
//
//    Daniel Zwillinger,
//    CRC Standard Mathematical Tables and Formulae,
//    30th Edition,
//    CRC Press, 1996, page 16.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N_DATA.  The user sets N_DATA to 0 before the
//    first call.  On each call, the routine increments N_DATA by 1, and
//    returns the corresponding data; when there is no more data, the
//    output value of N_DATA will be 0 again.
//
//    Output, int &N, the argument of the function.
//
//    Output, int &FN, the value of the function.
//
{
# define N_MAX 16

  static int fn_vec[N_MAX] = {
          1,
          1,
          2,
          3,
          8,
         15,
         48,
        105,
        384,
        945,
       3840,
      10395,
      46080,
     135135,
     645120,
    2027025 };

  static int n_vec[N_MAX] = {
     0,
     1,  2,  3,  4,  5,
     6,  7,  8,  9, 10,
    11, 12, 13, 14, 15 };

  if ( n_data < 0 )
  {
    n_data = 0;
  }

  n_data = n_data + 1;

  if ( N_MAX < n_data )
  {
    n_data = 0;
    n = 0;
    fn = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    n = n_vec[n_data-1];
    fn = fn_vec[n_data-1];
  }

  return;
# undef N_MAX
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_fall ( int x, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FALL computes the falling factorial function [X]_N.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Note that the number of "injections" or 1-to-1 mappings from
//    a set of N elements to a set of M elements is [M]_N.
//
//    The number of permutations of N objects out of M is [M]_N.
//
//    Moreover, the Stirling numbers of the first kind can be used
//    to convert a falling factorial into a polynomial, as follows:
//
//      [X]_N = S^0_N + S^1_N * X + S^2_N * X^2 + ... + S^N_N X^N.
//
//    The formula is:
//
//      [X]_N = X * ( X - 1 ) * ( X - 2 ) * ... * ( X - N + 1 ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    21 November 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int X, the argument of the falling factorial function.
//
//    Input, int N, the order of the falling factorial function.
//    If N = 0, FALL = 1, if N = 1, FALL = X.  Note that if N is
//    negative, a "rising" factorial will be computed.
//
//    Output, int I4_FALL, the value of the falling factorial function.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  value = 1;

  if ( 0 < n )
  {
    for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
    {
      value = value * x;
      x = x - 1;
    }
  }
  else if ( n < 0 )
  {
    for ( i = -1; n <= i; i-- )
    {
      value = value * x;
      x = x + 1;
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_fall_values ( int &n_data, int &m, int &n, int &fmn )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FALL_VALUES returns values of the integer falling factorial function.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The definition of the falling factorial function is
//
//      (m)_n = (m)! / (m-n)!
//            = ( m ) * ( m - 1 ) * ( m - 2 ) ... * ( m - n + 1 )
//            = Gamma ( m + 1 ) / Gamma ( m - n + 1 )
//
//    We assume 0 <= N <= M.
//
//    In Mathematica, the function can be evaluated by:
//
//      FactorialPower[m,n]
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 December 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Milton Abramowitz, Irene Stegun,
//    Handbook of Mathematical Functions,
//    National Bureau of Standards, 1964,
//    ISBN: 0-486-61272-4,
//    LC: QA47.A34.
//
//    Stephen Wolfram,
//    The Mathematica Book,
//    Fourth Edition,
//    Cambridge University Press, 1999,
//    ISBN: 0-521-64314-7,
//    LC: QA76.95.W65.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N_DATA.  The user sets N_DATA to 0 before the
//    first call.  On each call, the routine increments N_DATA by 1, and
//    returns the corresponding data; when there is no more data, the
//    output value of N_DATA will be 0 again.
//
//    Output, int &M, &N, the arguments of the function.
//
//    Output, int &FMN, the value of the function.
//
{
# define N_MAX 15

  static int fmn_vec[N_MAX] = {
     1, 5, 20, 60, 120, 
     120, 0, 1, 10, 4000, 
     90, 4896, 24, 912576, 0 };

  static int m_vec[N_MAX] = {
    5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 
    5, 5, 50, 10, 4000, 
    10, 18, 4, 98, 1 };

  static int n_vec[N_MAX] = {
    0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 
    5, 6, 0, 1, 1, 
    2, 3, 4, 3, 7  };

  if ( n_data < 0 )
  {
    n_data = 0;
  }

  n_data = n_data + 1;

  if ( N_MAX < n_data )
  {
    n_data = 0;
    m = 0;
    n = 0;
    fmn = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    m = m_vec[n_data-1];
    n = n_vec[n_data-1];
    fmn = fmn_vec[n_data-1];
  }

  return;
# undef N_MAX
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_floor ( double x )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FLOOR rounds an R8 down to the nearest I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//    X        I4_FLOOR(X)
//
//   -1.1      -2
//   -1.0      -1
//   -0.9      -1
//   -0.1      -1
//    0.0       0
//    0.1       0
//    0.9       0
//    1.0       1
//    1.1       1
//    2.9       2
//    3.0       3
//    3.14159   3
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    11 November 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, double X, the number whose floor is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_FLOOR, the floor of X.
//
{
  int value;

  value = ( int ) x;

  if ( x < value )
  {
    value = value - 1;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_fraction ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_FRACTION computes a ratio and returns an integer result.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Given integer variables I and J, FORTRAN will evaluate the expression
//    "I/J" using integer arithmetic.  This routine, which carries out the
//    same operation, is thus not needed in FORTRAN.  It is provided simply
//    to match the corresponding function in MATLAB, where the default
//    result of "I/J" is a real number.
//
//  Example:
//
//       I     J     Real     K = I4_FRACTION ( I, J)
//
//       1     2     0.5      0
//       8     4     2.00     2
//       9     4     2.25     2
//       7     4     1.75     1
//      -7     4    -1.75    -1
//       7    -4    -1.75    -1
//      -7    -4     1.75     1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    11 October 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, the arguments.
//
//    Output, int K, the value of the ratio.
{
  int k;

  k = i / j;

  return k;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_gcd ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_GCD finds the greatest common divisor of two I4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Note that only the absolute values of I and J are
//    considered, so that the result is always nonnegative.
//
//    If I or J is 0, I4_GCD is returned as max ( 1, abs ( I ), abs ( J ) ).
//
//    If I and J have no common factor, I4_GCD is returned as 1.
//
//    Otherwise, using the Euclidean algorithm, I4_GCD is the
//    greatest common divisor of I and J.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, two numbers whose GCD is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_GCD, the greatest common divisor of I and J.
//
{
  int p;
  int q;
  int r;
//
//  Return immediately if either I or J is zero.
//
  if ( i == 0 )
  {
    q = i4_max ( 1, abs ( j ) );
    return q;
  }
  else if ( j == 0 )
  {
    q = i4_max ( 1, abs ( i ) );
    return q;
  }
//
//  Set IP to the larger of I and J, IQ to the smaller.
//  This way, we can alter IP and IQ as we go.
//
  p = i4_max ( abs ( i ), abs ( j ) );
  q = i4_min ( abs ( i ), abs ( j ) );
//
//  Carry out the Euclidean algorithm.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    r = p % q;

    if ( r == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }
    p = q;
    q = r;
  }

  return q;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_gcdb ( int i, int j, int k )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_GCDB finds the greatest common divisor of the form K**N of two I4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Note that if J is negative, I4_GCDB will also be negative.
//    This is because it is likely that the caller is forming
//    the fraction I/J, and so any minus sign should be
//    factored out of J.
//
//    If I and J are both zero, I4_GCDB is returned as 1.
//
//    If I is zero and J is not, I4_GCDB is returned as J,
//    and vice versa.
//
//    If I and J are nonzero, and have no common divisor of the
//    form K**N, I4_GCDB is returned as 1.
//
//    Otherwise, I4_GCDB is returned as the largest common divisor
//    of the form K**N shared by I and J.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, two numbers whose greatest common divisor K**N
//    is desired.
//
//    Input, int K, the possible divisor of I and J.
//
//    Output, int I4_GCDB, the greatest common divisor of
//    the form K^N shared by I and J.
//
{
  int value;

  value = 1;
//
//  If both I and J are zero, I4_GCDB is 1.
//
  if ( i == 0 && j == 0 )
  {
    value = 1;
    return value;
  }
//
//  If just one of I and J is zero, I4_GCDB is the other one.
//
  if ( i == 0 )
  {
    value = j;
    return value;
  }
  else if ( j == 0 )
  {
    value = i;
    return value;
  }
//
//  Divide out K as long as you can.
//
  if ( 0 < j )
  {
    value = 1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = -1;
  }

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( ( i % k ) != 0 || ( j % k ) != 0 )
    {
      break;
    }

    value = value * k;
    i = i / k;
    j = j / k;

  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_huge ( )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_HUGE returns a "huge" I4.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 May 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Output, int I4_HUGE, a "huge" I4.
//
{
  const int value = 2147483647;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double i4_huge_normalizer ( )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_HUGE_NORMALIZER returns the "normalizer" for I4_HUGE.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The value returned is 1 / ( I4_HUGE + 1 ).
//
//    For any I4, it should be the case that
//
//     -1 < I4 * I4_HUGE_NORMALIZER < 1.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 January 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Output, double I4_HUGE_NORMALIZER, the "normalizer"
//    for I4_HUGE.
//
{
  const double value = 4.656612873077392578125E-10;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4_is_even ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_IS_EVEN returns TRUE if an I4 is even.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be tested.
//
//    Output, bool I4_IS_EVEN, is TRUE if I is even.
//
{
  bool value;

  value = ( ( i % 2 ) == 0 );

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4_is_odd ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_IS_ODD returns TRUE if an I4 is odd.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be tested.
//
//    Output, bool I4_IS_ODD, is TRUE if I is odd.
//
{
  bool value;

  value = ( ( i % 2 ) != 0 );

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4_is_power_of_2 ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_IS_POWER_OF_2 reports whether an I4 is a power of 2.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The powers of 2 are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, and so on.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the integer to be tested.
//
//    Output, bool I4_IS_POWER_OF_2, is TRUE if N is a power of 2.
//
{
  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return false;
  }

  while ( n != 1 )
  {
    if ( ( n % 2 ) == 1 )
    {
      return false;
    }
    n = n / 2;
  }

  return true;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4_is_prime ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_IS_PRIME reports whether an I4 is prime.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    A simple, unoptimized sieve of Erasthosthenes is used to
//    check whether N can be divided by any integer between 2
//    and SQRT(N).
//
//    Note that negative numbers, 0 and 1 are not considered prime.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the integer to be tested.
//
//    Output, bool I4_IS_PRIME, is TRUE if N is prime, and FALSE
//    otherwise.
//
{
  int i;
  int nhi;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return false;
  }

  if ( n == 1 )
  {
    return false;
  }

  if ( n <= 3 )
  {
    return true;
  }

  nhi = ( int ) ( sqrt ( ( double ) ( n ) ) );

  for ( i = 2; i <= nhi; i++ )
  {
    if ( ( n % i ) == 0 )
    {
      return false;
    }
  }

  return true;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_lcm ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_LCM computes the least common multiple of two I4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The least common multiple may be defined as
//
//      LCM(I,J) = ABS( I * J ) / GCF(I,J)
//
//    where GCF(I,J) is the greatest common factor of I and J.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, the integers whose LCM is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_LCM, the least common multiple of I and J.
//    I4_LCM is never negative.  I4_LCM is 0 if either I or J is zero.
//
{
  int value;

  value = abs ( i * ( j / i4_gcd ( i, j ) ) );

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_log_10 ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_LOG_10 returns the integer part of the logarithm base 10 of an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//        I  I4_LOG_10
//    -----  --------
//        0    0
//        1    0
//        2    0
//        9    0
//       10    1
//       11    1
//       99    1
//      100    2
//      101    2
//      999    2
//     1000    3
//     1001    3
//     9999    3
//    10000    4
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    I4_LOG_10 ( I ) + 1 is the number of decimal digits in I.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 January 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the number whose logarithm base 10 is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_LOG_10, the integer part of the logarithm base 10 of
//    the absolute value of X.
//
{
  int i_abs;
  int ten_pow;
  int value;

  if ( i == 0 )
  {
    value = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 0;
    ten_pow = 10;

    i_abs = abs ( i );

    while ( ten_pow <= i_abs )
    {
      value = value + 1;
      ten_pow = ten_pow * 10;
    }

  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_log_2 ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_LOG_2 returns the integer part of the logarithm base 2 of an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//        I  I4_LOG_10
//    -----  --------
//        0    0
//        1    0
//        2    1
//        3    1
//        4    2
//        5    2
//        7    2
//        8    3
//        9    3
//     1000    9
//     1024   10
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    I4_LOG_2 ( I ) + 1 is the number of binary digits in I.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 January 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the number whose logarithm base 2 is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_LOG_2, the integer part of the logarithm base 2 of
//    the absolute value of X.
//
{
  int i_abs;
  int two_pow;
  int value;

  if ( i == 0 )
  {
    value = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 0;
    two_pow = 2;

    i_abs = abs ( i );

    while ( two_pow <= i_abs )
    {
      value = value + 1;
      two_pow = two_pow * 2;
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_log_i4 ( int i4, int j4 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_LOG_I4 returns the logarithm of an I4 to an I4 base.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Only the integer part of the logarithm is returned.
//
//    If
//
//      K4 = I4_LOG_J4 ( I4, J4 ),
//
//    then we ordinarily have
//
//      J4^(K4-1) < I4 <= J4^K4.
//
//    The base J4 should be positive, and at least 2.  If J4 is negative,
//    a computation is made using the absolute value of J4.  If J4 is
//    -1, 0, or 1, the logarithm is returned as 0.
//
//    The number I4 should be positive and at least 2.  If I4 is negative,
//    a computation is made using the absolute value of I4.  If I4 is
//    -1, 0, or 1, then the logarithm is returned as 0.
//
//    An I4 is an integer ( kind = 4 ) value.
//
//  Example:
//
//    I4  J4  K4
//
//     0   3   0
//     1   3   0
//     2   3   0
//     3   3   1
//     4   3   1
//     8   3   1
//     9   3   2
//    10   3   2
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 June 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I4, the number whose logarithm is desired.
//
//    Input, int J4, the base of the logarithms.
//
//    Output, int I4_LOG_I4, the integer part of the logarithm
//    base abs(J4) of abs(I4).
//
{
  int i4_abs;
  int j4_abs;
  int value;

  value = 0;

  i4_abs = abs ( i4 );

  if ( 2 <= i4_abs )
  {
    j4_abs = abs ( j4 );

    if ( 2 <= j4_abs )
    {
      while ( j4_abs <= i4_abs )
      {
        i4_abs = i4_abs / j4_abs;
        value = value + 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_log_r8 ( int x, double b )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_LOG_R8 returns the integer part of the logarithm base B of an I4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The base B is normally positive, but in any case only the absolute value
//    of B is considered.
//
//    The number X is normally positive, but in any case only the absolute
//    value of X is considered.
//
//  Example:
//
//    If B is greater than 1, and X is positive:
//
//    if 1/B^2  <  X <= 1/B   I4_LOG_R8(X) = -1,
//    if 1/B    <  X <= 1     I4_LOG_R8(X) = 0,
//    if 1      <= X <  B,    I4_LOG_R8(X) = 0,
//    if B      <= X <  B^2   I4_LOG_R8(X) = 1,
//    if B^2    <= X <  B^3   I4_LOG_R8(X) = 2.
//
//    For positive I4_LOG_R8(X), it should be true that
//
//      ABS(B)^I4_LOG_R8(X) <= ABS(X) < ABS(B)^(I4_LOG_R8(X)+1).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 June 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int X, the number whose logarithm base B is desired.
//    If X is 0, then I4_LOG_B is returned as -HUGE().
//
//    Input, double B, the absolute value of the base of the
//    logarithms.  B must not be -1, 0, or 1.
//
//    Output, int I4_LOG_R8, the integer part of the logarithm
//    base abs(B) of abs(X).
//
{
  double b_abs;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  double x_abs;
  int value;
  int value_sign;

  if ( x == 0 )
  {
    value = - i4_huge;
    return value;
  }

  b_abs = fabs ( b );
  value = 0;

  if ( b_abs == 1.0 )
  {
    return value;
  }

  if ( b == 0.0 )
  {
    return value;
  }

  x_abs = fabs ( ( double ) ( x ) );

  if ( b_abs < 1.0 )
  {
    value_sign = -1;
    b_abs = 1.0 / b_abs;
  }
  else
  {
    value_sign = +1;
  }

  if ( 1.0 <= x_abs && x_abs < b_abs )
  {
    value = value_sign * value;
    return value;
  }

  while ( b_abs < x_abs )
  {
    x_abs = x_abs / b_abs;
    value = value + 1;
  }

  while ( x_abs * b_abs <= 1.0 )
  {
    x_abs = x_abs * b_abs;
    value = value - 1;
  }
//
//  If the absolute value of the base was less than 1, we inverted
//  earlier.  Now negate the logarithm to account for that.
//
  value = value_sign * value;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_mant ( double x, int &s, int &j, int &k, int &l )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MANT computes the "mantissa" of an R4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This function computes the "mantissa" or "fraction part" of a real
//    number X, which it stores as a pair of integers, (J/K).
//
//    It also computes the sign, and the integer part of the logarithm
//    (base 2) of X.
//
//    On return:
//
//      X = S * (J/K) * 2^L
//
//    where
//
//      S is +1 or -1,
//      K is a power of 2,
//      1 <= (J/K) < 2,
//      L is an integer.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 January 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, double X, the real number to be decomposed.
//
//    Output, int &S, the "sign" of the number.
//    S will be -1 if X is less than 0, and +1 if X is greater
//    than or equal to zero.
//
//    Output, int &J, the top part of the mantissa fraction.
//
//    Output, int &K, the bottom part of the mantissa
//    fraction.  K is a power of 2.
//
//    Output, int &L, the integer part of the logarithm (base 2) of X.
//
{
//
//  1: Handle the special case of 0.
//
  if ( x == 0.0 )
  {
    s = 1;
    j = 0;
    k = 1;
    l = 0;
    return;
  }
//
//  2: Determine the sign IS.
//
  if ( 0.0 < x )
  {
    s = 1;
  }
  else
  {
    s = - 1;
    x = - x;
  }
//
//  3: Force X to lie between 1 and 2, and compute the logarithm L.
//
  l = 0;

  while ( 2.0 <= x )
  {
    x = x / 2.0;
    l = l + 1;
  }

  while ( x < 1.0 )
  {
    x = x * 2.0;
    l = l - 1;
  }
//
//  4: Now strip out the mantissa as J/K.
//
  j = 0;
  k = 1;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    j = 2 * j;

    if ( 1.0 <= x )
    {
      j = j + 1;
      x = x - 1.0;
    }

    if ( x == 0.0 )
    {
      break;
    }

    k = 2 * k;
    x = x * 2.0;

  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_max ( int i1, int i2 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MAX returns the maximum of two I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 October 1998
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I1, I2, are two integers to be compared.
//
//    Output, int I4_MAX, the larger of I1 and I2.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( i2 < i1 )
  {
    value = i1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = i2;
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_min ( int i1, int i2 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MIN returns the minimum of two I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 October 1998
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I1, I2, two integers to be compared.
//
//    Output, int I4_MIN, the smaller of I1 and I2.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( i1 < i2 )
  {
    value = i1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = i2;
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_mod_inv ( int b, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MOD_INV calculates the inverse of B mod N.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This function uses the extended Euclidean algorithm.
//
//    Unless the algorithm fails, the output value Y will satisfy
//
//      ( B * Y ) mod N = 1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 August 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    Original MATLAB version by Wade Trappe, Lawrence Washington.
//    C++ version by John Burkardt.
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Wade Trappe, Lawrence Washington,
//    Introduction to Cryptography with Coding Theory,
//    Prentice Hall, 2005,
//    ISBN13: 978-0131862395,
//    LC: QA268.T73.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int B, the value whose inverse is desired.
//    B must not be 0, or a multiple of N.  However, B can be negative.
//
//    Input, int N, the value with respect to which the inverse
//    is desired.  N must be 2 or greater.
//
//    Output, int I4_MOD_INV, the inverse of B mod N.  However, if the
//    inverse does not exist, Y is returned as 0.
//
{
  int b0;
  int n0;
  int q;
  int r;
  int t;
  int t0;
  int temp;
  int y;

  n0 = n;
  b0 = abs ( b );
  t0 = 0;
  t = 1;

  q = ( n0 / b0 );
  r = n0 - q * b0;

  while ( 0 < r )
  {
    temp = t0 - q * t;

    if ( 0 <= temp )
    {
      temp = temp % n;
    }
    else
    {
      temp = n - ( ( - temp ) % n );
    }

    n0 = b0;
    b0 = r;
    t0 = t;
    t = temp;

    q = ( n0 / b0 );
    r = n0 - q * b0;
  }

  if ( b0 != 1 )
  {
    y = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    y = t % n;
    if ( b < 0 )
    {
      y = - y;
    }
  }

  return y;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_moddiv ( int n, int d, int &m, int &r )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MODDIV breaks an I4 into a multiple of a divisor and remainder.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    N = M * D + R
//
//    0 <= || R || < || D ||
//
//    R has the sign of N.
//
//  Example:
//
//    N         D       M      R
//
//   107       50      2      7
//   107      -50     -2      7
//  -107       50     -2     -7
//  -107      -50      2     -7
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number to be decomposed.
//
//    Input, int D, the divisor.  D may not be zero.
//
//    Output, int &M, the number of times N is evenly divided by D.
//
//    Output, int &R, a remainder.
//
{
  if ( d == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_MODDIV - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input divisor D = 0\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  m = n / d;
  r = n - d * m;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_modp ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MODP returns the nonnegative remainder of I4 division.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    If
//      NREM = I4_MODP ( I, J )
//      NMULT = ( I - NREM ) / J
//    then
//      I = J * NMULT + NREM
//    where NREM is always nonnegative.
//
//    The MOD function computes a result with the same sign as the
//    quantity being divided.  Thus, suppose you had an angle A,
//    and you wanted to ensure that it was between 0 and 360.
//    Then mod(A,360) would do, if A was positive, but if A
//    was negative, your result would be between -360 and 0.
//
//    On the other hand, I4_MODP(A,360) is between 0 and 360, always.
//
//        I         J     MOD  I4_MODP   I4_MODP Factorization
//
//      107        50       7       7    107 =  2 *  50 + 7
//      107       -50       7       7    107 = -2 * -50 + 7
//     -107        50      -7      43   -107 = -3 *  50 + 43
//     -107       -50      -7      43   -107 =  3 * -50 + 43
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the number to be divided.
//
//    Input, int J, the number that divides I.
//
//    Output, int I4_MODP, the nonnegative remainder when I is
//    divided by J.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( j == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_MODP - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  I4_MODP ( I, J ) called with J = " << j << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  value = i % j;

  if ( value < 0 )
  {
    value = value + abs ( j );
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_mop ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_MOP returns the I-th power of -1 as an I4 value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4 is an int value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 November 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the power of -1.
//
//    Output, int I4_MOP, the I-th power of -1.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( ( i % 2 ) == 0 )
  {
    value = 1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = -1;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_power ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_POWER returns the value of I^J.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, the base and the power.  J should be nonnegative.
//
//    Output, int I4_POWER, the value of I^J.
//
{
  int k;
  int value;

  if ( j < 0 )
  {
    if ( i == 1 )
    {
      value = 1;
    }
    else if ( i == 0 )
    {
      cerr << "\n";
      cerr << "I4_POWER - Fatal error!\n";
      cerr << "  I^J requested, with I = 0 and J negative.\n";
      exit ( 1 );
    }
    else
    {
      value = 0;
    }
  }
  else if ( j == 0 )
  {
    if ( i == 0 )
    {
      cerr << "\n";
      cerr << "I4_POWER - Fatal error!\n";
      cerr << "  I^J requested, with I = 0 and J = 0.\n";
      exit ( 1 );
    }
    else
    {
      value = 1;
    }
  }
  else if ( j == 1 )
  {
    value = i;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 1;
    for ( k = 1; k <= j; k++ )
    {
      value = value * i;
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_reverse_bytes ( int x )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_REVERSE_BYTES reverses the bytes in an I4.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 May 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int X, a value whose bytes are to be reversed.
//
//    Output, int I4_REVERSE_BYTES, a value whose bytes are
//    in reverse order from those in X.
//
{
  char c;
  union
  {
    int yint;
    char ychar[4];
  } y;

  y.yint = x;

  c = y.ychar[0];
  y.ychar[0] = y.ychar[3];
  y.ychar[3] = c;

  c = y.ychar[1];
  y.ychar[1] = y.ychar[2];
  y.ychar[2] = c;

  return ( y.yint );
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_rise ( int x, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_RISE computes the rising factorial function [X]^N.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    [X}^N = X * ( X + 1 ) * ( X + 2 ) * ... * ( X + N - 1 ).
//
//    Note that the number of ways of arranging N objects in M ordered
//    boxes is [M}^N.  (Here, the ordering in each box matters).  Thus,
//    2 objects in 2 boxes have the following 6 possible arrangements:
//
//      -/12, 1/2, 12/-, -/21, 2/1, 21/-.
//
//    Moreover, the number of non-decreasing maps from a set of
//    N to a set of M ordered elements is [M]^N / N!.  Thus the set of
//    nondecreasing maps from (1,2,3) to (a,b,c,d) is the 20 elements:
//
//      aaa, abb, acc, add, aab, abc, acd, aac, abd, aad
//      bbb, bcc, bdd, bbc, bcd, bbd, ccc, cdd, ccd, ddd.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    08 May 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int X, the argument of the rising factorial function.
//
//    Input, int N, the order of the rising factorial function.
//    If N = 0, RISE = 1, if N = 1, RISE = X.  Note that if N is
//    negative, a "falling" factorial will be computed.
//
//    Output, int I4_RISE, the value of the rising factorial function.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  value = 1;

  if ( 0 < n )
  {
    for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
    {
      value = value * x;
      x = x + 1;
    }
  }
  else if ( n < 0 )
  {
    for ( i = -1; n <= i; i-- )
    {
      value = value * x;
      x = x - 1;
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_rise_values ( int &n_data, int &m, int &n, int &fmn )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_RISE_VALUES returns values of the integer rising factorial function.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The integer rising factorial function is sometimes symbolized by (m)_n.
//
//    The definition is
//
//      (m)_n = (m-1+n)! / (m-1)!
//            = ( m ) * ( m + 1 ) * ( m + 2 ) ... * ( m - 1 + n )
//            = Gamma ( m + n ) / Gamma ( m )
//
//    We assume 0 <= N <= M.
//
//    In Mathematica, the function can be evaluated by:
//
//      Pochhammer[m,n]
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 December 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Milton Abramowitz, Irene Stegun,
//    Handbook of Mathematical Functions,
//    National Bureau of Standards, 1964,
//    ISBN: 0-486-61272-4,
//    LC: QA47.A34.
//
//    Stephen Wolfram,
//    The Mathematica Book,
//    Fourth Edition,
//    Cambridge University Press, 1999,
//    ISBN: 0-521-64314-7,
//    LC: QA76.95.W65.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N_DATA.  The user sets N_DATA to 0 before the
//    first call.  On each call, the routine increments N_DATA by 1, and
//    returns the corresponding data; when there is no more data, the
//    output value of N_DATA will be 0 again.
//
//    Output, int &M, &N, the arguments of the function.
//
//    Output, int &FMN, the value of the function.
//
{
# define N_MAX 15

  static int fmn_vec[N_MAX] = {
     1, 5, 30, 210, 1680, 
     15120, 151200, 1, 10, 4000, 
     110, 6840, 840, 970200, 5040 };

  static int m_vec[N_MAX] = {
    5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 
    5, 5, 50, 10, 4000, 
    10, 18, 4, 98, 1 };

  static int n_vec[N_MAX] = {
    0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 
    5, 6, 0, 1, 1, 
    2, 3, 4, 3, 7  };

  if ( n_data < 0 )
  {
    n_data = 0;
  }

  n_data = n_data + 1;

  if ( N_MAX < n_data )
  {
    n_data = 0;
    m = 0;
    n = 0;
    fmn = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    m = m_vec[n_data-1];
    n = n_vec[n_data-1];
    fmn = fmn_vec[n_data-1];
  }

  return;
# undef N_MAX
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_sign ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_SIGN returns the sign of an I4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This is the "two way" sign of an I4.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 March 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer whose sign is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_SIGN, the sign of I.
{
  int value;

  if ( i < 0 )
  {
    value = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 1;
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_sign3 ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_SIGN3 returns the three-way sign of an I4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This is the "three way" sign of an I4.
//    The value 0 has the sign of 0.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer whose sign is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_SIGN3, the sign of I.
{
  int value;

  if ( i < 0 )
  {
    value = -1;
  }
  else if ( i == 0 )
  {
    value = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 1;
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_swap ( int &i, int &j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_SWAP switches two I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &I, &J.  On output, the values of I and
//    J have been interchanged.
//
{
  int k;

  k = i;
  i = j;
  j = k;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_swap3 ( int &i, int &j, int &k )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_SWAP3 swaps three I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &I, &J, &K.  On output, the values of I, J, and K
//    have been interchanged.
//
{
  int l;

  l = i;
  i = j;
  j = k;
  k = l;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double i4_to_angle ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_ANGLE maps I4's to points on a circle.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The angles are intended to be used to select colors on a color
//    hexagon whose 6 vertices are red, yellow, green, cyan, blue,
//    magenta.
//
//  Example:
//
//     I   X      ANGLE
//
//     0   0/3      0
//     1   1/3    120
//     2   2/3    240
//
//     3   1/6     60
//     4   3/6    180
//     5   5/6    300
//
//     6   1/12    30
//     7   3/12    90
//     8   5/12   150
//     9   7/12   210
//    10   9/12   270
//    11  11/12   330
//
//    12   1/24    15
//    13   3/24    45
//    14   5/24    75
//    etc
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 January 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the index of the desired color.
//
//    Output, double I4_TO_ANGLE, an angle, measured in degrees, between 0 and 360.
//
{
  double angle;
  int i1;
  int i2;
  int i3;
  int i4;

  if ( 0 <= abs ( i ) && abs ( i ) <= 2 )
  {
    angle = 120.0 * ( double ) ( abs ( i ) );
  }
  else
  {
    i1 = i4_log_2 ( abs ( i ) / 3 );
    i2 = abs ( i ) + 1 - 3 * i4_power ( 2, i1 );
    i3 = 2 * ( i2 - 1 ) + 1;
    i4 = 3 * i4_power ( 2, ( i1 + 1 ) );

    angle = 360.0 * ( double ) ( i3 ) / ( double ) ( i4 );
  }

  return angle;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4_to_digits_binary ( int i, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_DIGITS_BINARY produces the binary digits of an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//     I    N     C               Binary
//    --  ---   ---         ------------
//     0    1   0                      0
//     0    2   0, 0                  00
//     1    3   1, 0, 0              100
//     2    3   0, 1, 0              010
//     3    3   1, 1, 0              011
//     4    3   0, 0, 1              100
//     8    3   0, 0, 0           (1)000
//     8    5   0, 0, 0, 1, 0      01000
//    -8    5   0, 0, 0, 1, 0  (-) 01000
//
//     0    3   0, 0, 0
//     1    3   1, 0, 0
//     2    3   0, 1, 0
//     3    3   1, 1, 0
//     4    3   0, 0, 1
//     5    3   1, 0, 1
//     6    3   0, 1, 1
//     7    3   1, 1, 1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    19 December 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be analyzed.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of digits to determine.
//
//    Output, int I4_TO_DIGITS_BINARY[N], the first N binary digits of I.
//    Entry 0 is the units digit.
//
{
  int *c;
  int j;

  c = new int[n];

  i = abs ( i );

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    c[j] = i % 2;
    i = ( i - c[j] ) / 2;
  }

  return c;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4_to_digits_decimal ( int i, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_DIGITS_DECIMAL determines the last N decimal digits of an I4.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be analyzed.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of digits to determine.
//
//    Output, int I4_TO_DIGITS_DECIMAL[N], the last N decimal digits of I.
//    DIGIT[I-1] is the "coefficient" of 10**(I-1).
//
{
  int *digit;
  int j;

  digit = new int[n];

  i = abs ( i );

  for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
  {
    digit[j-1] = i % 10;
    i = ( i - digit[j-1] ) / 10;
  }

  return digit;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4_to_fac ( int i, int prime_num )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_FAC converts an I4 into a product of prime factors.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This routine will fail if the input integer is not positive,
//    or if PRIME_NUM is too small to account for the factors of the integer.
//
//    The formula is:
//
//      I = Product ( 1 <= J <= PRIME_NUM ) PRIME(J)**NPOWER(J).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be factored.
//
//    Input, int PRIME_NUM, the number of prime factors for
//    which storage has been allocated.
//
//    Output, int I4_TO_FAC[PRIME_NUM], the powers of the primes.
//
{
  int j;
  int *npower;
  int p;

  if ( i <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_TO_FAC - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input integer I is not positive.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  npower = new int[prime_num];
//
//  Try dividing the remainder by each prime.
//
  for ( j = 1; j <= prime_num; j++ )
  {
    npower[j-1] = 0;

    p = prime ( j );

    while ( ( i % p ) == 0 )
    {
      npower[j-1] = npower[j-1] + 1;
      i = i / p;
    }

  }
  return npower;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_to_halton ( int dim_num, int step, int seed[], int leap[], int base[],
  double r[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_HALTON computes one element of a leaped Halton subsequence.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 July 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    John Halton,
//    On the efficiency of certain quasi-random sequences of points
//    in evaluating multi-dimensional integrals,
//    Numerische Mathematik,
//    Volume 2, 1960, pages 84-90.
//
//    John Halton, GB Smith,
//    Algorithm 247: Radical-Inverse Quasi-Random Point Sequence,
//    Communications of the ACM,
//    Volume 7, 1964, pages 701-702.
//
//    Ladislav Kocis, William Whiten,
//    Computational Investigations of Low-Discrepancy Sequences,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 23, Number 2, 1997, pages 266-294.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int DIM_NUM, the spatial dimension.
//    1 <= DIM_NUM is required.
//
//    Input, int STEP, the index of the subsequence element.
//    0 <= STEP is required.
//
//    Input, int SEED[DIM_NUM], the Halton sequence index corresponding
//    to STEP = 0.
//    0 <= SEED(1:DIM_NUM) is required.
//
//    Input, int LEAP[DIM_NUM], the successive jumps in the Halton sequence.
//    1 <= LEAP(1:DIM_NUM) is required.
//
//    Input, int BASE[DIM_NUM], the Halton bases.
//    1 < BASE(1:DIM_NUM) is required.
//
//    Output, double R[DIM_NUM], the STEP-th element of the leaped
//    Halton subsequence.
//
{
  double base_inv;
  int digit;
  int i;
  int seed2;
//
//  Check the input.
//
//if ( !halham_dim_num_check ( dim_num ) )
//{
//  exit ( 1 );
//}
//
//if ( !halham_step_check ( step ) )
//{
//  exit ( 1 );
//}
//if ( !halham_seed_check ( dim_num, seed ) )
//{
//  exit ( 1 );
//}
//
//if ( !halham_leap_check ( dim_num, leap ) )
//{
//  exit ( 1 );
//}
//
//if ( !halton_base_check ( dim_num, base ) )
//{
//  exit ( 1 );
//}
//
//  Calculate the data.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < dim_num; i++ )
  {
    seed2 = seed[i] + step * leap[i];

    r[i] = 0.0;

    base_inv = 1.0 / ( ( double ) base[i] );

    while ( seed2 != 0 )
    {
      digit = seed2 % base[i];
      r[i] = r[i] + ( ( double ) digit ) * base_inv;
      base_inv = base_inv / ( ( double ) base[i] );
      seed2 = seed2 / base[i];
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

char i4_to_isbn ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_ISBN converts an I4 to an ISBN digit.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Only the integers 0 through 10 can be input.  The representation
//    of 10 is 'X'.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Book Industry Study Group,
//    The Evolution in Product Identification:
//    Sunrise 2005 and the ISBN-13,
//    http://www.bisg.org/docs/The_Evolution_in_Product_ID.pdf
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, an integer between 0 and 10.
//
//    Output, char I4_TO_ISBN, the ISBN character code of the integer.
//    If I is illegal, then I4_TO_ISBN is set to '?'.
//
{
       if ( i == 0 )
  {
    return '0';
  }
  else if ( i == 1 )
  {
    return '1';
  }
  else if ( i == 2 )
  {
    return '2';
  }
  else if ( i == 3 )
  {
    return '3';
  }
  else if ( i == 4 )
  {
    return '4';
  }
  else if ( i == 5 )
  {
    return '5';
  }
  else if ( i == 6 )
  {
    return '6';
  }
  else if ( i == 7 )
  {
    return '7';
  }
  else if ( i == 8 )
  {
    return '8';
  }
  else if ( i == 9 )
  {
    return '9';
  }
  else if ( i == 10 )
  {
    return 'X';
  }
  else
  {
    return '?';
  }
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4_to_l4 ( int i4 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_L4 converts an I4 to a logical value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    0 is FALSE, and anything else if TRUE.
//
//    An I4 is an integer value.
//    An L4 is a logical value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    10 January 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I4, an integer.
//
//    Output, bool I4_TO_L4, the logical value of I4.
//
{
  bool value;

  value = ( i4 != 0 );

  return value;
}
//*****************************************************************************80

void i4_to_pascal ( int k, int &i, int &j )

//*****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_PASCAL converts a linear index to Pascal triangle coordinates.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    We describe the grid points in Pascal's triangle in two ways:
//
//    As a linear index K:
//
//                     1
//                   2   3
//                 4   5   6
//               7   8   9   10
//
//    As elements (I,J) of Pascal's triangle:
//
//                     0,0
//                  1,0   0,1
//               2,0   1,1    0,2
//            3,0   2,1   1,2    0,3
//
//  Example:
//
//     K  I  J
//
//     1  0  0
//     2  1  0
//     3  0  1
//     4  2  0
//     5  1  1
//     6  0  2
//     7  3  0
//     8  2  1
//     9  1  2
//    10  0  3
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int K, the linear index of the (I,J) element.
//    1 <= K.
//
//    Output, int &I, &J, the Pascal indices.
//
{
  int d;

  if ( k <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_TO_PASCAL - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  K must be positive.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  d = i4_to_pascal_degree ( k );

  j = k - ( d * ( d + 1 ) ) / 2 - 1;
  i = d - j;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_to_pascal_degree ( int k )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_PASCAL_DEGREE converts a linear index to a Pascal triangle degree.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    We describe the grid points in Pascal's triangle in two ways:
//
//    As a linear index K:
//
//                     1
//                   2   3
//                 4   5   6
//               7   8   9   10
//
//    As elements (I,J) of Pascal's triangle:
//
//                     0,0
//                  1,0   0,1
//               2,0   1,1    0,2
//            3,0   2,1   1,2    0,3
//
//    The quantity D represents the "degree" of the corresponding monomial,
//    that is, D = I + J.
//
//    We can compute D directly from K using the quadratic formula.
//
//  Example:
//
//     K  I  J  D
//
//     1  0  0  0
//
//     2  1  0  1
//     3  0  1  1
//
//     4  2  0  2
//     5  1  1  2
//     6  0  2  2
//
//     7  3  0  3
//     8  2  1  3
//     9  1  2  3
//    10  0  3  3
//
//    11  4  0  4
//    12  3  1  4
//    13  2  2  4
//    14  1  3  4
//    15  0  4  4
//
//    16  5  0  5
//    17  4  1  5
//    18  3  2  5
//    19  2  3  5
//    20  1  4  5
//    21  0  5  5
//
//    22  6  0  6
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int K, the linear index of the (I,J) element.
//    1 <= K.
//
//     Output, int I4_TO_PASCAL_DEGREE, the degree (sum) of the corresponding 
//     Pascal indices.
//
{
  double arg;
  int d;

  if ( k <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_TO_PASCAL_DEGREE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  K must be positive.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  arg = ( double ) ( 1 + 8 * ( k - 1 ) );

  d = ( int ) ( 0.5 * ( -1.0 + sqrt ( arg ) ) );

  return d;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_to_triangle ( int k, int &i, int &j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_TO_TRIANGLE converts an integer to triangular coordinates.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Triangular coordinates are handy when storing a naturally triangular
//    array (such as the lower half of a matrix) in a linear array.
//
//    Thus, for example, we might consider storing
//
//    (0,0)
//    (1,0) (1,1)
//    (2,0) (2,1) (2,2)
//    (3,0) (3,1) (3,2) (3,3)
//
//    as the linear array
//
//    (0,0) (1,0) (1,1) (2,0) (2,1) (2,2) (3,0) (3,1) (3,2) (3,3)
//
//    Here, the quantities in parenthesis represent the natural row and
//    column indices of a single number when stored in a rectangular array.
//
//    In this routine, we are given the location K of an item in the
//    linear array, and wish to determine the row I and column J
//    of the item when stored in the triangular array.
//
//  Example:
//
//    K  I  J
//
//    0  0  0
//    1  1  0
//    2  1  1
//    3  2  0
//    4  2  1
//    5  2  2
//    6  3  0
//    7  3  1
//    8  3  2
//    9  3  3
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 January 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int K, the linear index of the (I,J) element, which
//    must be nonnegative.
//
//    Output, int &I, &J, the row and column indices.
//
{
  int c;
  int r;

  if ( k < 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_TO_TRIANGLE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  K < 0.\n";
    cerr << "  K = " << k << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( k == 0 )
  {
    i = 0;
    j = 0;
    return;
  }
//
//   ( N - 1 )^2 + ( N - 1 ) < 2 * K <= N^2 + N
//
  r = ( int ) ( sqrt ( ( double ) ( 2 * ( k + 1 ) ) ) );

  if ( r * r + r < 2 * ( k + 1 ) )
  {
    r = r + 1;
  }

  r = r - 1;

  c = k - ( r * ( r + 1 ) ) / 2;

  i = r;
  j = c;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_uniform_ab ( int a, int b, int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_UNIFORM_AB returns a scaled pseudorandom I4 between A and B.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The pseudorandom number should be uniformly distributed
//    between A and B.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    02 October 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Paul Bratley, Bennett Fox, Linus Schrage,
//    A Guide to Simulation,
//    Second Edition,
//    Springer, 1987,
//    ISBN: 0387964673,
//    LC: QA76.9.C65.B73.
//
//    Bennett Fox,
//    Algorithm 647:
//    Implementation and Relative Efficiency of Quasirandom
//    Sequence Generators,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 12, Number 4, December 1986, pages 362-376.
//
//    Pierre L'Ecuyer,
//    Random Number Generation,
//    in Handbook of Simulation,
//    edited by Jerry Banks,
//    Wiley, 1998,
//    ISBN: 0471134031,
//    LC: T57.62.H37.
//
//    Peter Lewis, Allen Goodman, James Miller,
//    A Pseudo-Random Number Generator for the System/360,
//    IBM Systems Journal,
//    Volume 8, Number 2, 1969, pages 136-143.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int A, B, the limits of the interval.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, the "seed" value, which should NOT be 0.
//    On output, SEED has been updated.
//
//    Output, int I4_UNIFORM, a number between A and B.
//
{
  int c;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int k;
  float r;
  int value;

  if ( seed == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4_UNIFORM_AB - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input value of SEED = 0.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Guarantee A <= B.
//
  if ( b < a )
  {
    c = a;
    a = b;
    b = c;
  }

  k = seed / 127773;

  seed = 16807 * ( seed - k * 127773 ) - k * 2836;

  if ( seed < 0 )
  {
    seed = seed + i4_huge;
  }

  r = ( float ) ( seed ) * 4.656612875E-10;
//
//  Scale R to lie between A-0.5 and B+0.5.
//
  r = ( 1.0 - r ) * ( ( float ) a - 0.5 ) 
    +         r   * ( ( float ) b + 0.5 );
//
//  Use rounding to convert R to an integer between A and B.
//
  value = round ( r );
//
//  Guarantee A <= VALUE <= B.
//
  if ( value < a )
  {
    value = a;
  }
  if ( b < value )
  {
    value = b;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4_unswap3 ( int &i, int &j, int &k )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_UNSWAP3 unswaps three I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &I, &J, &K.  On output, the values of I, J, and K
//    have been interchanged.
//
{
  int l;

  l = k;
  k = j;
  j = i;
  i = l;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_walsh_1d ( double x, int digit )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_WALSH_1D evaluates the Walsh function of a real scalar argument.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Consider the binary representation of X, and number the digits
//    in descending order, from leading to lowest, with the units digit
//    being numbered 0.
//
//    The Walsh function W(J)(X) is equal to the J-th binary digit of X.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, double X, the argument of the Walsh function.
//
//    Input, int DIGIT, the index of the Walsh function.
//
//    Output, int I4_WALSH_1D, the value of the Walsh function.
//
{
  int n;
  int value;
//
//  Hide the effect of the sign of X.
//
  x = fabs ( x );
//
//  If DIGIT is positive, divide by 2 DIGIT times.
//  If DIGIT is negative, multiply by 2 (-DIGIT) times.
//
  if ( 0 <= digit )
  {
    x = x / ( double ) i4_power ( 2, digit );
  }
  else
  {
    x = x * ( double ) i4_power ( 2, -digit );
  }
//
//  Make it an integer.
//  Because it's positive, and we're using INT, we don't change the
//  units digit.
//
  n = ( int ) x ;
//
//  Is the units digit odd or even?
//
  if ( ( n % 2 ) == 0 )
  {
    value = 0;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 1;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_width ( int i )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_WIDTH returns the "width" of an I4.
//
//  Example:
//
//        I  I4_WIDTH
//    -----  -------
//    -1234    5
//     -123    4
//      -12    3
//       -1    2
//        0    1
//        1    1
//       12    2
//      123    3
//     1234    4
//    12345    5
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The width of an integer is the number of characters necessary to print it.
//
//    The width of an integer can be useful when setting the appropriate output
//    format for a vector or array of values.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    05 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, the number whose width is desired.
//
//    Output, int I4_WIDTH, the number of characters necessary to represent
//    the integer in base 10, including a negative sign if necessary.
//
{
  int width;

  if ( 0 <= i )
  {
    width = i4_log_10 ( i ) + 1;
  }
  else
  {
    width = i4_log_10 ( i ) + 2;
  }

  return width;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4_wrap ( int ival, int ilo, int ihi )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_WRAP forces an I4 to lie between given limits by wrapping.
//
//  Example:
//
//    ILO = 4, IHI = 8
//
//    I   Value
//
//    -2     8
//    -1     4
//     0     5
//     1     6
//     2     7
//     3     8
//     4     4
//     5     5
//     6     6
//     7     7
//     8     8
//     9     4
//    10     5
//    11     6
//    12     7
//    13     8
//    14     4
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 December 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int IVAL, an integer value.
//
//    Input, int ILO, IHI, the desired bounds for the integer value.
//
//    Output, int I4_WRAP, a "wrapped" version of IVAL.
//
{
  int jhi;
  int jlo;
  int value;
  int wide;

  if ( ilo <= ihi )
  {
    jlo = ilo;
    jhi = ihi;
  }
  else
  {
    jlo = ihi;
    jhi = ilo;
  }

  wide = jhi + 1 - jlo;

  if ( wide == 1 )
  {
    value = jlo;
  }
  else
  {
    value = jlo + i4_modp ( ival - jlo, wide );
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

unsigned int i4_xor ( unsigned int i, unsigned int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4_XOR calculates the exclusive OR of two I4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    C++ provides the operator "^" which produces the same result, faster.
//    This code is simply provided for illustration.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    15 January 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//   John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, unsigned int I, J, two values whose exclusive OR is needed.
//
//    Output, unsigned int I4_XOR, the exclusive OR of I and J.
//
{
  unsigned int i2;
  unsigned int j2;
  unsigned int k;
  unsigned int l;

  k = 0;
  l = 1;

  while ( i != 0 || j != 0 )
  {
    i2 = i / 2;
    j2 = j / 2;

    if (
      ( ( i == 2 * i2 ) && ( j != 2 * j2 ) ) ||
      ( ( i != 2 * i2 ) && ( j == 2 * j2 ) ) )
    {
      k = k + l;
    }

    i = i2;
    j = j2;
    l = 2 * l;
  }

  return k;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i43mat_flip_cols ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I43MAT_FLIP_COLS swaps the columns of an I43MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I43MAT is a matrix, each of whose entries is an I43, a triple of integers.
//
//    An I43MAT can be stored as a 3 x M x N array, where M counts the "columns"
//    and N counts the "rows".
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 June 2006
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[3*M*N], the matrix whose columns are to be flipped.
//
{
  int b;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;

  for ( k = 0; k < ( n / 2 ); k++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < m; j++ )
    {
      for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ )
      {
        b                    = a[i+j*3+     k *m*3];
        a[i+j*3+     k *m*3] = a[i+j*3+(n-1-k)*m*3];
        a[i+j*3+(n-1-k)*m*3] = b;
      }
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i43mat_flip_rows ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I43MAT_FLIP_ROWS swaps the rows of an I43MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I43MAT is a matrix, each of whose entries is an I43, a triple of integers.
//
//    An I43MAT can be stored as a 3 x M x N array, where M counts the "columns"
//    and N counts the "rows".
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 June 2006
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[3*M*N], the matrix whose rows are to be flipped.
//
{
  int b;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;

  for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < ( m / 2 ); j++ )
    {
      for ( i = 0; i < 3; i++ )
      {
        b                    = a[i+     j *3+k*m*3];
        a[i+     j *3+k*m*3] = a[i+(m-1-j)*3+k*m*3];
        a[i+(m-1-j)*3+k*m*3] = b;
      }
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4block_delete ( int ***a, int l, int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4BLOCK_DELETE frees memory associated with an I4BLOCK.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This function releases the memory associated with an array that was 
//    created by a command like
//      int ***a;
//      a = i4block_new ( l, m, n );
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 March 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int ***A, the pointer to the data.
//
//    Input, int L, M, N, the number of rows, columns, and layers in the array.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < m; j++ )
    {
      delete [] a[i][j];
    }
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
  {
    delete [] a[i];
  }

  delete [] a;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int ***i4block_new ( int l, int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4BLOCK_NEW allocates a new I4BLOCK.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    A declaration of the form
//      int ***a;
//    is necesary.  Then an assignment of the form:
//      a = i4block_new ( l, m, n );
//    allows the user to assign entries to the matrix using typical
//    3D array notation:
//      a[2][3][4] = 17.0;
//      y = a[1][0][3];
//    and so on.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 March 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int L, M, N, the number of rows, columns and layers.
//
//    Output, int I4BLOCK_NEW[L][M][N], a new block.
//
{
  int ***a;
  int i;
  int j;

  a = new int **[l];

  if ( a == NULL )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4BLOCK_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Unable to allocate row pointer array.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = new int *[m];
    if ( a[i] == NULL )
    {
      cerr << "\n";
      cerr << "I4BLOCK_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
      cerr << "  Unable to allocate column pointer array.\n";
      exit ( 1 );
    }
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < m; j++ )
    {
      a[i][j] = new int[n];
      if ( a[i][j] == NULL )
      {
        cerr << "\n";
        cerr << "I4BLOCK_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
        cerr << "  Unable to allocate layer array.\n";
        exit ( 1 );
      }
    }
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4block_print ( int l, int m, int n, int a[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4BLOCK_PRINT prints an I4BLOCK.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4BLOCK is a 3D array of I4 values.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 June 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int L, M, N, the dimensions of the block.
//
//    Input, int A[L*M*N], the matrix to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int jhi;
  int jlo;
  int k;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";

  for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
  {
    cout << "\n";
    cout << "  K = " << k << "\n";
    for ( jlo = 0; jlo < m; jlo = jlo + 10 )
    {
      jhi = i4_min ( jlo + 10, m );
      cout << "\n";
      cout << "        J:";
      for ( j = jlo; j < jhi; j++ )
      {
        cout << "  " << setw(6) << j;
      }
      cout << "\n";
      cout << "       I:\n";
      for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
      {
        cout << "  " << setw(6) << i << ": ";
        for ( j = jlo; j < jhi; j++ )
        {
          cout << "  " << setw(6) << a[i+j*l+k*l*m];
        }
        cout << "\n";
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4block_zero_new ( int l, int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4BLOCK_ZERO_NEW returns a new zeroed I4BLOCK.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4BLOCK is a triple dimensioned array of I4 values, stored as a vector
//    in column-major order.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 April 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int L, M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Output, int I4BLOCK_ZERO_NEW[L*M*N], the new zeroed matrix.
//
{
  int *a;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;

  a = new int[l*m*n];

  for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < m; j++ )
    {
      for ( i = 0; i < l; i++ )
      {
        a[i+j*l+k*l*m] = 0;
      }
    }
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4cmat_delete ( int **a, int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4CMAT_DELETE frees memory associated with an I4CMAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This function releases the memory associated with an array that was 
//    created by a command like
//      int **a;
//      a = i4cmat_new ( m, n );
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 September 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int **A, the pointer to the array.
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
{
  int j;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    delete [] a[j];
  }

  delete [] a;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int **i4cmat_new ( int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4CMAT_NEW allocates a new I4CMAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4CMAT is a column-major 2D matrix.
//
//    A declaration of the form
//      int **a;
//    is necesary.  Then an assignment of the form:
//      a = i4cmat_new ( m, n );
//    allows the user to assign entries to the matrix using typical
//    2D array notation:
//      a[2][3] = 17;
//      y = a[1][0];
//    and so on.
//    Note that for a column-major matrix, the order of the indices is
//    reversed, so that a[i][j] is referring to column i, row j!
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 September 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the matrix.
//
//    Output, int **I4CMAT_NEW, a new matrix.
//
{
  int **a;
  int j;

  a = new int *[n];

  if ( a == NULL )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4CMAT_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Unable to allocate column pointer array.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    a[j] = new int[m];
    if ( a[j] == NULL )
    {
      cerr << "\n";
      cerr << "I4CMAT_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
      cerr << "  Unable to allocate column array.\n";
      exit ( 1 );
    }
  }

  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4col_compare ( int m, int n, int a[], int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_COMPARE compares columns I and J of an I4COL.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      M = 3, N = 4, I = 2, J = 4
//
//      A = (
//        1  2  3  4
//        5  6  7  8
//        9 10 11 12 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      I4COL_COMPARE = -1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 June 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], an array of N columns of vectors of length M.
//
//    Input, int I, J, the columns to be compared.
//    I and J must be between 1 and N.
//
//    Output, int I4COL_COMPARE, the results of the comparison:
//    -1, column I < column J,
//     0, column I = column J,
//    +1, column J < column I.
//
{
  int k;
//
//  Check.
//
  if ( i < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4COL_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Column index I = " << i << " is less than 1.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( n < i )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4COL_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  N = " << n << " is less than column index I = " << i << ".\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( j < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4COL_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Column index J = " << j << " is less than 1.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( n < j )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4COL_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  N = " << n << " is less than column index J = " << j << ".\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( i == j )
  {
    return 0;
  }

  k = 1;

  while ( k <= m )
  {
    if ( a[k-1+(i-1)*m] < a[k-1+(j-1)*m] )
    {
      return (-1);
    }
    else if ( a[k-1+(j-1)*m] < a[k-1+(i-1)*m] )
    {
      return 1;
    }
    k = k + 1;
  }

  return 0;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4col_find ( int m, int n, int a[], int ivec[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_FIND seeks a table column equal to an I4COL.
//
//  Example:
//
//    M = 3, N = 4,
//
//    A = (
//      1  2  3  4
//      5  6  7  8
//      9 10 11 12 )
//
//    IVEC = ( 3, 7, 11 )
//
//    ICOL = 3
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    05 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in
//    the table.  M is also the length of IVEC.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], an array of N columns of vectors
//    of length M.
//
//    Input, int IVEC[M], a vector to be matched with the data
//    in the array.
//
//    Output, int I4COL_FIND, the index of the first column of the table
//    which exactly matches every entry of IVEC, or -1 if no match
//    could be found.
//
{
  int i;
  int col;
  int j;

  if ( m <= 0 )
  {
    col = -1;
    return col;
  }

  for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
  {
    i = 1;

    while ( ivec[i-1] == a[i-1+(j-1)*m] )
    {
      if ( i == m )
      {
        col = j;
        return col;
      }

      i = i + 1;
    }
  }

  col = -1;
  return col;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_find_item ( int m, int n, int table[], int item,
  int &row, int &col )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_FIND_ITEM searches an I4COL for a given value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The two dimensional information in TABLE is stored as a one dimensional
//    array, by columns.
//
//    The values ROW and COL will be one-based indices.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 August 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns
//    in the table.
//
//    Input, int TABLE[M*N], the table to search.
//
//    Input, int ITEM, the value to search for.
//
//    Output, int &ROW, &COL, the row and column indices
//    of the first occurrence of the value ITEM.  The search
//    is conducted by rows.  If the item is not found, then
//    ROW = COL = -1.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      if ( table[i+j*m] == item )
      {
        row = i+1;
        col = j+1;
        return;
      }
    }
  }

  row = -1;
  col = -1;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_find_pair_wrap ( int m, int n, int a[], int item1, int item2,
  int &row, int &col )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_FIND_PAIR_WRAP wrap searches an I4COL for a pair of items.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The items (ITEM1, ITEM2) must occur consecutively.
//    However, wrapping is allowed, that is, if ITEM1 occurs
//    in the last row, and ITEM2 "follows" it in the first row
//    of the same column, a match is declared.
//
//    If the pair of items is not found, then ROW = COL = -1.
//
//    The values ROW and COL will be one-based indices.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 August 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns
//    in the table.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the table to search.
//
//    Input, int ITEM1, ITEM2, the values to search for.
//
//    Output, int &ROW, &COL, the row and column indices
//    of the first occurrence of the value ITEM1 followed immediately
//    by ITEM2.
//
{
  int i;
  int i2;
  int j;

  for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 1; i <= m; i++ )
    {
      if ( a[i-1+(j-1)*m] == item1 )
      {
        i2 = i + 1;

        if ( m < i2 )
        {
          i2 = 1;
        }

        if ( a[i2-1+(j-1)*m] == item2 )
        {
          row = i;
          col = j;
          return;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  row = -1;
  col = -1;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4col_first_index ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_FIRST_INDEX indexes the first occurrence of values in an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4COL is an M by N array of I4 values.
//    It is regarded as an array of N columns of length M.
//
//    For element A(1:M,J) of the matrix, FIRST_INDEX(J) is the index in A of
//    the first column whose entries are equal to A(1:M,J).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 August 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns of A.
//    The length of an "element" of A, and the number of "elements".
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4COL_FIRST_INDEX[N], the first occurrence index.
//
{
  int diff;
  int *first_index;
  int i;
  int j1;
  int j2;

  first_index = new int[n];

  for ( j1 = 0; j1 < n; j1++ )
  {
    first_index[j1] = -1;
  }
  for ( j1 = 0; j1 < n; j1++ )
  {
    if ( first_index[j1] == -1 )
    {
      first_index[j1] = j1;

      for ( j2 = j1 + 1; j2 < n; j2++ )
      {
        diff = 0;
        for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
        {
          diff = diff + abs ( a[i+j1*m] - a[i+j2*m] );
        }
        if ( diff == 0 )
        {
          first_index[j2] = j1;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return first_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_sort_a ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORT_A ascending sorts the columns of an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    In lexicographic order, the statement "X < Y", applied to two
//    vectors X and Y of length M, means that there is some index I, with
//    1 <= I <= M, with the property that
//
//      X(J) = Y(J) for J < I,
//    and
//      X(I) < Y(I).
//
//    In other words, X is less than Y if, at the first index where they
//    differ, the X value is less than the Y value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 June 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of N columns of M vectors;
//    On output, the columns of A have been sorted in ascending
//    lexicographic order.
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
//
//  Initialize.
//
  i = 0;
  indx = 0;
  isgn = 0;
  j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    sort_heap_external ( n, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
    if ( 0 < indx )
    {
      i4col_swap ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
    else if ( indx < 0 )
    {
      isgn = i4col_compare ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
    else if ( indx == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }

  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_sort_d ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORT_D descending sorts the columns of an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    In lexicographic order, the statement "X < Y", applied to two
//    vectors X and Y of length M, means that there is some index I, with
//    1 <= I <= M, with the property that
//
//      X(J) = Y(J) for J < I,
//    and
//      X(I) < Y(I).
//
//    In other words, X is less than Y if, at the first index where they
//    differ, the X value is less than the Y value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 June 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of N columns of M vectors;
//    On output, the columns of A have been sorted in descending
//    lexicographic order.
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
//
//  Initialize.
//
  i = 0;
  indx = 0;
  isgn = 0;
  j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    sort_heap_external ( n, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
    if ( 0 < indx )
    {
      i4col_swap ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
    else if ( indx < 0 )
    {
      isgn = -i4col_compare ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
    else if ( indx == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }

  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_sort2_a ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORT2_A ascending sorts the elements of each column of an I4COL.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 January 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A, and the length
//    of a vector of data.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of N columns of M vectors.
//    On output, the elements of each column of A have been sorted in ascending
//    order.
//
{
  int col;
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
  int temp;

  if ( m <= 1 )
  {
    return;
  }

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return;
  }
//
//  Initialize.
//
  for ( col = 0; col < n; col++ )
  {
    i = 0;
    indx = 0;
    isgn = 0;
    j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
    for ( ; ; )
    {
      sort_heap_external ( m, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
      if ( 0 < indx )
      {
        temp       = a[i-1+col*m];
        a[i-1+col*m] = a[j-1+col*m];
        a[j-1+col*m] = temp;
      }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
      else if ( indx < 0 )
      {
        if ( a[j-1+col*m] < a[i-1+col*m] )
        {
          isgn = +1;
        }
        else
        {
          isgn = -1;
        }
      }
      else if ( indx == 0 )
      {
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_sort2_d ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORT2_D descending sorts the elements of each column of an I4COL.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 January 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A, and the length
//    of a vector of data.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of N columns of M vectors.
//    On output, the elements of each column of A have been sorted in descending
//    order.
//
{
  int col;
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
  int temp;

  if ( m <= 1 )
  {
    return;
  }

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return;
  }
//
//  Initialize.
//
  for ( col = 0; col < n; col++ )
  {
    i = 0;
    indx = 0;
    isgn = 0;
    j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
    for ( ; ; )
    {
      sort_heap_external ( m, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
      if ( 0 < indx )
      {
        temp       = a[i-1+col*m];
        a[i-1+col*m] = a[j-1+col*m];
        a[j-1+col*m] = temp;
      }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
      else if ( indx < 0 )
      {
        if ( a[i-1+col*m] < a[j-1+col*m] )
        {
          isgn = +1;
        }
        else
        {
          isgn = -1;
        }
      }
      else if ( indx == 0 )
      {
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4col_sorted_singleton_count ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORTED_SINGLETON_COUNT counts singletons in an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The columns of the array may be ascending or descending sorted.
//
//    A "singleton" is an item that occurs exactly once.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], a sorted array, containing
//    N columns of data.
//
//    Output, int I4COL_SORTED_SINGLETON_COUNT, the number of singletons.
//
{
  bool differ_from_next;
  bool differ_from_previous;
  int i;
  int j;
  int singleton_num;

  singleton_num = 0;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return singleton_num;
  }

  differ_from_next = true;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    differ_from_previous = differ_from_next;

    if ( j < n )
    {
      differ_from_next = false;
      for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
      {
        if ( a[i+j*m] != a[i+(j+1)*m] )
        {
          differ_from_next = true;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
    else
    {
      differ_from_next = true;
    }

    if ( differ_from_previous && differ_from_next )
    {
      singleton_num = singleton_num + 1;
    }
  }

  return singleton_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_sorted_unique ( int m, int n, int a[], int &unique_num )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORTED_UNIQUE keeps unique elements in a sorted I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The array can be sorted into ascending or descending order.
//    The important point is that identical elements must be stored
//    in adjacent positions.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A, and the length of
//    a vector of data.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the sorted array of N columns of M-vectors.
//    On output, a sorted array of columns of M-vectors.
//
//    Output, int &UNIQUE_NUM, the number of unique columns of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int j1;
  int j2;
  bool same;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    unique_num = 0;
    return;
  }

  j1 = 1;

  for ( j2 = 2; j2 <= n; j2++ )
  {
    same = true;
    for ( i = 1; i <= m; i++ )
    {
      if ( a[i-1+(j1-1)*m] != a[i-1+(j2-1)] )
      {
        same = false;
        break;
      }
    }
    if ( !same )
    {
      j1 = j1 + 1;
      for ( i = 1; i <= m; i++ )
      {
        a[i-1+(j1-1)*m] = a[i-1+(j2-1)*m];
      }
    }
  }

 unique_num = j1;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4col_sorted_unique_count ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SORTED_UNIQUE_COUNT counts unique elements in an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The columns of the array may be ascending or descending sorted.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 February 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], a sorted array, containing
//    N columns of data.
//
//    Output, int I4COL_SORTED_UNIQUE_COUNT, the number of unique columns.
//
{
  int i;
  int j1;
  int j2;
  int unique_num;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    unique_num = 0;
    return unique_num;
  }

  unique_num = 1;
  j1 = 0;

  for ( j2 = 1; j2 < n; j2++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      if ( a[i+j1*m] != a[i+j2*m] )
      {
        unique_num = unique_num + 1;
        j1 = j2;
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  return unique_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4col_swap ( int m, int n, int a[], int icol1, int icol2 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_SWAP swaps two columns of an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The two dimensional information is stored as a one dimensional
//    array, by columns.
//
//    The row indices are 1 based, NOT 0 based.  However, a preprocessor
//    variable, called OFFSET, can be reset from 1 to 0 if you wish to
//    use 0-based indices.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    03 April 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N], an array of data.
//
//    Input, int ICOL1, ICOL2, the two columns to swap.
//    These indices should be between 1 and N.
//
{
# define OFFSET 1

  int i;
  int t;
//
//  Check.
//
  if ( icol1 - OFFSET < 0 || n-1 < icol1 - OFFSET )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4COL_SWAP - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  ICOL1 is out of range.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( icol2 - OFFSET < 0 || n-1 < icol2 - OFFSET )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4COL_SWAP - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  ICOL2 is out of range.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( icol1 == icol2 )
  {
    return;
  }
  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    t                     = a[i+(icol1-OFFSET)*m];
    a[i+(icol1-OFFSET)*m] = a[i+(icol2-OFFSET)*m];
    a[i+(icol2-OFFSET)*m] = t;
  }

  return;
# undef OFFSET
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4col_unique_index ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4COL_UNIQUE_INDEX indexes the unique occurrence of values in an I4COL.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4COL is an M by N array of I4 values.
//    It is regarded as an array of N columns of length M.
//
//    For element A(1:M,J) of the matrix, UNIQUE_INDEX(J) is the uniqueness index
//    of A(1:M,J).  That is, if A_UNIQUE contains the unique elements of A,
//    gathered in order, then
//
//      A_UNIQUE ( 1:M, UNIQUE_INDEX(J) ) = A(1:M,J)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 August 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns of A.
//    The length of an "element" of A, and the number of "elements".
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4COL_UNIQUE_INDEX[N], the unique index.
//
{
  int diff;
  int i;
  int j1;
  int j2;
  int *unique_index;
  int unique_num;

  unique_index = new int[n];

  for ( j1 = 0; j1 < n; j1++ )
  {
    unique_index[j1] = -1;
  }
  unique_num = 0;

  for ( j1 = 0; j1 < n; j1++ )
  {
    if ( unique_index[j1] == -1 )
    {
      unique_index[j1] = unique_num;

      for ( j2 = j1 + 1; j2 < n; j2++ )
      {
        diff = 0;
        for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
        {
          diff = diff + abs ( a[i+j1*m] - a[i+j2*m] );
        }
        if ( diff == 0 )
        {
          unique_index[j2] = unique_num;
        }
      }
      unique_num = unique_num + 1;
    }
  }
  return unique_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4i4_sort_a ( int i1, int i2, int &j1, int &j2 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4I4_SORT_A ascending sorts a pair of I4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The program allows the reasonable call:
//
//      i4i4_sort_a ( i1, i2, i1, i2 );
//
//    and this will return the reasonable result.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    11 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I1, I2, the values to sort.
//
//    Output, int &J1, &J2, the sorted values.
//
{
  int k1;
  int k2;
//
//  Copy arguments, so that the user can make "reasonable" calls like:
//
//    i4i4_sort_a ( i1, i2, &i1, &i2 );
//
  k1 = i1;
  k2 = i2;

  j1 = i4_min ( k1, k2 );
  j2 = i4_max ( k1, k2 );

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4i4i4_sort_a ( int i1, int i2, int i3, int &j1, int &j2, int &j3 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4I4I4_SORT_A ascending sorts a triple of I4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The program allows the reasonable call:
//
//      i4i4i4_sort_a ( i1, i2, i3, i1, i2, i3 );
//
//    and this will return the reasonable result.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I1, I2, I3, the values to sort.
//
//    Output, int &J1, &J2, &J3, the sorted values.
//
{
  int k1;
  int k2;
  int k3;
//
//  Copy arguments, so that the user can make "reasonable" calls like:
//
//    i4i4i4_sort_a ( i1, i2, i3, i1, i2, i3 );
//
  k1 = i1;
  k2 = i2;
  k3 = i3;

  j1 = i4_min ( i4_min ( k1, k2 ), i4_min ( k2, k3 ) );
  j2 = i4_min ( i4_max ( k1, k2 ),
       i4_min ( i4_max ( k2, k3 ), i4_max ( k3, k1 ) ) );
  j3 = i4_max ( i4_max ( k1, k2 ), i4_max ( k2, k3 ) );

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

float i4int_to_r4int ( int imin, int imax, int i, float rmin, float rmax )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4INT_TO_R4INT maps an I4 interval to an R4 interval.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The formula is
//
//      R := RMIN + ( RMAX - RMIN ) * ( I - IMIN ) / ( IMAX - IMIN )
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int IMIN, IMAX, the range.
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be converted.
//
//    Input, float RMIN, RMAX, the range.
//
//    Output, float R, the corresponding value in [RMIN,RMAX].
//
{
  double r;

  if ( imax == imin )
  {
    r = 0.5 * ( rmin + rmax );
  }
  else
  {
    r = ( ( float ) ( imax - i        ) * rmin
        + ( float ) (        i - imin ) * rmax )
        / ( float ) ( imax     - imin );
  }

  return r;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double i4int_to_r8int ( int imin, int imax, int i, double rmin, double rmax )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4INT_TO_R8INT maps an I4 interval to an R8 interval.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The formula is
//
//      R := RMIN + ( RMAX - RMIN ) * ( I - IMIN ) / ( IMAX - IMIN )
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int IMIN, IMAX, the range.
//
//    Input, int I, the integer to be converted.
//
//    Input, double RMIN, RMAX, the range.
//
//    Output, double R, the corresponding value in [RMIN,RMAX].
//
{
  double r;

  if ( imax == imin )
  {
    r = 0.5 * ( rmin + rmax );
  }
  else
  {
    r = ( ( double ) ( imax - i        ) * rmin
        + ( double ) (        i - imin ) * rmax )
        / ( double ) ( imax     - imin );
  }

  return r;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4list_print ( int n, int first[], int list_num, int list[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4LIST_PRINT prints an I4LIST.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4LIST is a list of integers grouped into N segments.
//    An index vector locates the first entry of each segment.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 May 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of segments.
//
//    Input, int FIRST[N+1], indexes the first entry of each segment.
//
//    Input, int LIST_NUM, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int LIST[LIST_NUM], the data.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int jhi;
  int jlo;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";
  cout << "\n";

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    for ( jlo = first[i]; jlo < first[i+1]; jlo = jlo + 5 );
    {
      jhi = i4_min ( jlo + 4, first[i+1] - 1 );
      if ( jlo == first[i] )
      {
        cout << setw(5) << i << ":";
      }
      else
      {
        cout << "      ";
      }
      for ( j = jlo; j <= jhi; j++ )
      {
        cout << "  " << setw(8) << list[j];
      }
      cout << "\n";
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_border_add ( int m, int n, int table[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_BORDER_ADD adds a "border" to an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    We suppose the input data gives values of a quantity on nodes
//    in the interior of a 2D grid, and we wish to create a new table
//    with additional positions for the nodes that would be on the
//    border of the 2D grid.
//
//                  0 0 0 0 0 0
//      * * * *     0 * * * * 0
//      * * * * --> 0 * * * * 0
//      * * * *     0 * * * * 0
//                  0 0 0 0 0 0
//
//    The illustration suggests the situation in which a 3 by 4 array
//    is input, and a 5 by 6 array is to be output.
//
//    The old data is shifted to its correct positions in the new array.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 January 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the spatial dimension.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of points.
//
//    Input, int TABLE[M*N], the table data.
//
//    Output, int TABLE2[(M+2)*(N+2)], the augmented table data.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *table2;

  table2 = new int[(m+2)*(n+2)];

  for ( j = 0; j < n+2; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m+2; i++ )
    {
      if ( i == 0 || i == m+1 || j == 0 || j == n+1 )
      {
        table2[i+j*(m+2)] = 0;
      }
      else
      {
        table2[i+j*(m+2)] = table[(i-1)+(j-1)*m];
      }
    }
  }

  return table2;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_border_cut ( int m, int n, int table[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_BORDER_CUT cuts the "border" of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    We suppose the input data gives values of a quantity on nodes
//    on a 2D grid, and we wish to create a new table corresponding only
//    to those nodes in the interior of the 2D grid.
//
//      0 0 0 0 0 0
//      0 * * * * 0    * * * *
//      0 * * * * 0 -> * * * *
//      0 * * * * 0    * * * *
//      0 0 0 0 0 0
//
//    The illustration suggests the situation in which a 5 by 6 array
//    is input, and a 3 by 4 array is to be output.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 January 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the spatial dimension.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of points.
//
//    Input, int TABLE[M*N], the table data.
//
//    Output, int TABLE2[(M-2)*(N-2)], the "interior" table data.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *table2;

  if ( m <= 2 || n <= 2 )
  {
    return NULL;
  }

  table2 = new int[(m-2)*(n-2)];

  for ( j = 0; j < n-2; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m-2; i++ )
    {
      table2[i+j*(m-2)] = table[(i+1)+(j+1)*m];
    }
  }

  return table2;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_copy ( int m, int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_COPY copies one I4MAT to another.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 August 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A1[M*N], the matrix to be copied.
//
//    Output, int A2[M*N], the copy of A1.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      a2[i+j*m] = a1[i+j*m];
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_copy_new ( int m, int n, int a1[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_COPY_NEW copies an I4MAT to a "new" I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 August 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A1[M*N], the matrix to be copied.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_COPY_NEW[M*N], the copy of A1.
//
{
  int *a2;
  int i;
  int j;

  a2 = new int[m*n];

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      a2[i+j*m] = a1[i+j*m];
    }
  }
  return a2;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_elim ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_ELIM carries out exact Gauss elimination on an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].  On input, the M by N matrix to
//    be Gauss eliminated.  On output, the Gauss-eliminated matrix.
//
{
  int amax;
  int i;
  int *icol;
  int ifact;
  int imax;
  int imult;
  int *irow;
  int iswap;
  int j;
  int jcol;
  int jmult;

  icol = new int[n];
  irow = new int[m];
//
//  Initialize the swap parity counter.
//
  iswap = 1;
//
//  For each column JCOL...
//
  for ( jcol = 0; jcol < i4_min ( m, n ); jcol++ )
  {
//
//  Find the maximum element in rows JCOL through M.
//
    amax = abs ( a[jcol+jcol*m] );
    imax = jcol;

    for ( i = jcol+1; i < m; i++ )
    {
      if ( amax < abs ( a[i+jcol*m] ) )
      {
        amax = abs ( a[i+jcol*m] );
        imax = i;
      }
    }
//
//  If the maximum entry is nonzero, then...
//
    if ( amax != 0 )
    {
//
//  If the maximum entry does not occur in row JCOL, then swap rows.
//
      if ( imax != jcol )
      {
        iswap = -iswap;
        i4vec_swap ( n, a+jcol*m, a+imax*m );
      }
//
//  Eliminate all nonzero entries in column JCOL, below the diagonal entry.
//
      for ( i = jcol+1; i < m; i++ )
      {
        if ( a[i+jcol*m] != 0 )
        {
          jmult = a[i+jcol*m];
          imult = a[jcol+jcol*m];
          ifact = i4_gcd ( imult, jmult );
          imult = imult / ifact;
          jmult = jmult / ifact;

          for ( j = jcol; j < n; j++ )
          {
            a[i+j*m] = jmult * a[jcol+j*m] - imult * a[i+j*m];
          }
        }
      }
//
//  Remove any row or column factors.
//
      i4mat_red ( m, n, a, irow, icol );
    }
  }

  delete [] icol;
  delete [] irow;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_flip_cols ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_FLIP_COLS swaps the columns of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    To "flip" the columns of an I4MAT is to start with something like
//
//      11 12 13 14 15
//      21 22 23 24 25
//      31 32 33 34 35
//      41 42 43 44 45
//      51 52 53 54 55
//
//    and return
//
//      15 14 13 12 11
//      25 24 23 22 21
//      35 34 33 32 31
//      45 44 43 42 41
//      55 54 53 52 51
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 June 2006
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N], the matrix whose columns are to be flipped.
//
{
  int b;
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < ( n / 2 ); j++ )
    {
      b              = a[i+     j *m];
      a[i+     j *m] = a[i+(n-1-j)*m];
      a[i+(n-1-j)*m] = b;
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_flip_rows ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_FLIP_ROWS swaps the rows of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    To "flip" the rows of an I4MAT is to start with something like
//
//      11 12 13 14 15
//      21 22 23 24 25
//      31 32 33 34 35
//      41 42 43 44 45
//      51 52 53 54 55
//
//    and return
//
//      51 52 53 54 55
//      41 42 43 44 45
//      31 32 33 34 35
//      21 22 23 24 25
//      11 12 13 14 15
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 June 2006
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N], the matrix whose rows are to be flipped.
//
{
  int b;
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < ( m / 2 ); i++ )
    {
      b            = a[    i+j*m];
      a[    i+j*m] = a[m-1-i+j*m];
      a[m-1-i+j*m] = b;
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_histogram ( int m, int n, int a[], int histo_num )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_HISTOGRAM computes a histogram of the elements of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an array of I4's.
//
//    It is assumed that the entries in the vector A are nonnegative.
//    Only values between 0 and HISTO_NUM will be histogrammed.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 June 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array to examine.
//
//    Input, int HISTO_NUM, the maximum value for which a
//    histogram entry will be computed.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_HISTOGRAM[HISTO_NUM+1], contains the number of
//    entries of A with the values of 0 through HISTO_NUM.
//
{
  int *histo_gram;
  int i;
  int j;

  histo_gram = new int[histo_num+1];

  for ( i = 0; i <= histo_num; i++ )
  {
    histo_gram[i] = 0;
  }

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      if ( 0 <= a[i+j*m] && a[i+j*m] <= histo_num )
      {
        histo_gram[a[i+j*m]] = histo_gram[a[i+j*m]] + 1;
      }
    }
  }

  return histo_gram;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_indicator_new ( int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_INDICATOR_NEW sets up an "indicator" I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    The value of each entry suggests its location, as in:
//
//      11  12  13  14
//      21  22  23  24
//      31  32  33  34
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 May 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of the matrix.
//    M must be positive.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of the matrix.
//    N must be positive.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_INDICATOR_NEW[M*N], the table.
//
{
  int *a;
  int fac;
  int i;
  int j;

  a = new int[m*n];
  fac = i4_power ( 10, i4_log_10 ( n ) + 1 );

  for ( i = 1; i <= m; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
    {
      a[i-1+(j-1)*m] = fac * i + j;
    }
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_l1_inverse ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_L1_INVERSE inverts a unit lower triangular I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    A unit lower triangular matrix is a matrix with only 1's on the main
//    diagonal, and only 0's above the main diagonal.
//
//    The inverse of an integer unit lower triangular matrix is also
//    an integer unit lower triangular matrix.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, number of rows and columns in the matrix.
//
//    Input, int A[N*N], the unit lower triangular matrix.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_L1_INVERSE[N*N], the inverse matrix.
//
{
  int *b;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;

  b = new int[n*n];

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 1; j < i; j++ )
    {
      b[i-1+(j-1)*n] = 0;
      for ( k = 1; k < i; k++ )
      {
        b[i-1+(j-1)*n] = b[i-1+(j-1)*n] + a[(i-1)+(k-1)*n] * b[(k-1)+(j-1)*n];
      }
    }
    b[i-1+(i-1)*n] = 1;
    for ( j = i+1; j <= n; j++ )
    {
      b[i-1+(j-1)*n] = 0;
    }
  }

  return b;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4mat_max ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_MAX returns the maximum of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    05 June 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_MAX, the maximum entry of A.
//
{
  int i;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int j;
  int value;

  value = - i4_huge;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      if ( value < a[i+j*m] )
      {
        value = a[i+j*m];
      }
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_max_index ( int m, int n, int a[], int &i_max, int &j_max )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_MAX_INDEX returns the location of the maximum of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
//
//    Output, int &I_MAX, &J_MAX, the indices of the maximum entry of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  i_max = -1;
  j_max = -1;

  for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 1; i <= m; i++ )
    {
      if ( i == 1 && j == 1 )
      {
        i_max = i;
        j_max = j;
      }
      else if ( a[i_max-1+(j_max-1)*m] < a[i-1+(j-1)*m] )
      {
        i_max = i;
        j_max = j;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4mat_min ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_MIN returns the minimum of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 August 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_MIN, the minimum entry of A.
//
{
  int i;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int j;
  int value;

  value = i4_huge;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      if ( a[i+j*m] < value )
      {
        value = a[i+j*m];
      }
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_min_index ( int m, int n, int a[], int &i_min, int &j_min )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_MIN_INDEX returns the location of the minimum of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
//
//    Output, int &I_MIN, &J_MIN, the indices of the minimum entry of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  i_min = -1;
  j_min = -1;

  for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 1; i <= m; i++ )
    {
      if ( i == 1 && j == 1 )
      {
        i_min = i;
        j_min = j;
      }
      else if ( a[i-1+(j-1)*m] < a[i_min-1+(j_min-1)*m] )
      {
        i_min = i;
        j_min = j;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_mm ( int n1, int n2, int n3, int a[], int b[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_MM multiplies two I4MAT's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N1, N2, N3, the order of the matrices.
//
//    Input, int A[N1*N2], double B[N2*N#], the matrices to multiply.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_MM[N1*N3], the product matrix C = A * B.
//
{
  int *c;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;

  c = new int[n1*n3];

  for ( i = 0; i < n1; i ++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < n3; j++ )
    {
      c[i+j*n1] = 0;
      for ( k = 0; k < n2; k++ )
      {
        c[i+j*n1] = c[i+j*n1] + a[i+k*n1] * b[k+j*n2];
      }
    }
  }
  return c;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_perm_uniform ( int n, int a[], int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_PERM_UNIFORM selects a random permutation of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    The matrix is assumed to be square.  A single permutation is
//    applied to both rows and columns.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N*N], the N by N array to be permuted.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, a seed for the random number generator.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int k1;
  int k2;
  int temp;
//
//  Permute the rows and columns together.
//
  for ( k1 = 0; k1 < n - 1; k1++ )
  {
    k2 = i4_uniform_ab ( k1, n - 1, seed );

    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      temp      = a[k1+j*n];
      a[k1+j*n] = a[k2+j*n];
      a[k2+j*n] = temp;
    }
    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
    {
      temp      = a[i+k1*n];
      a[i+k1*n] = a[i+k2*n];
      a[i+k2*n] = temp;
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_perm2_uniform ( int m, int n, int a[], int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_PERM2_UNIFORM selects a random permutation of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    The matrix may be rectangular.  Separate permutations are
//    applied to the rows and columns.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N], the M by N array to be permuted.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, a seed for the random number generator.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int k1;
  int k2;
  int temp;
//
//  Permute the rows.
//
  for ( k1 = 0; k1 < m - 1; k1++ )
  {
    k2 = i4_uniform_ab ( k1, m - 1, seed );

    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      temp      = a[k1+j*m];
      a[k1+j*m] = a[k2+j*m];
      a[k2+j*m] = temp;
    }
  }
//
//  Permute the columns.
//
  for ( k1 = 0; k1 < n; k1++ )
  {
    k2 = i4_uniform_ab ( k1, n - 1, seed );

    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      temp      = a[i+k1*m];
      a[i+k1*m] = a[i+k2*m];
      a[i+k2*m] = temp;
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_print ( int m, int n, int a[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_PRINT prints an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    10 September 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  i4mat_print_some ( m, n, a, 1, 1, m, n, title );

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_print_some ( int m, int n, int a[], int ilo, int jlo, int ihi,
  int jhi, string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_PRINT_SOME prints some of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 August 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of the matrix.
//    M must be positive.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of the matrix.
//    N must be positive.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the matrix.
//
//    Input, int ILO, JLO, IHI, JHI, designate the first row and
//    column, and the last row and column to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
# define INCX 10

  int i;
  int i2hi;
  int i2lo;
  int j;
  int j2hi;
  int j2lo;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";

  if ( m <= 0 || n <= 0 )
  {
    cout << "\n";
    cout << "  (None)\n";
    return;
  }
//
//  Print the columns of the matrix, in strips of INCX.
//
  for ( j2lo = jlo; j2lo <= jhi; j2lo = j2lo + INCX )
  {
    j2hi = j2lo + INCX - 1;
    if ( n < j2hi )
    {
      j2hi = n;
    }
    if ( jhi < j2hi )
    {
      j2hi = jhi;
    }

    cout << "\n";
//
//  For each column J in the current range...
//
//  Write the header.
//
    cout << "  Col:";
    for ( j = j2lo; j <= j2hi; j++ )
    {
      cout << "  " << setw(6) << j - 1;
    }
    cout << "\n";
    cout << "  Row\n";
    cout << "\n";
//
//  Determine the range of the rows in this strip.
//
    if ( 1 < ilo )
    {
      i2lo = ilo;
    }
    else
    {
      i2lo = 1;
    }
    if ( ihi < m )
    {
      i2hi = ihi;
    }
    else
    {
      i2hi = m;
    }


    for ( i = i2lo; i <= i2hi; i++ )
    {
//
//  Print out (up to INCX) entries in row I, that lie in the current strip.
//
      cout << setw(5) << i - 1 << ":";
      for ( j = j2lo; j <= j2hi; j++ )
      {
        cout << "  " << setw(6) << a[i-1+(j-1)*m];
      }
      cout << "\n";
    }
  }

  return;
# undef INCX
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_red ( int m, int n, int a[], int row[], int col[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_RED divides out common factors in a row or column of an I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in the matrix.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in the matrix.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N], on input, the M by N matrix to be reduced.
//    On output, A has been reduced.  The greatest common factor in any
//    row or column is 1.
//
//    Output, int ROW[M], the row factors that were divided out.
//
//    Output, int COL[N], the column factors that were divided out.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *temp;

  if ( m <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4MAT_RED - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  M must be greater than 0.\n";
    cerr << "  Input M = " << m << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4MAT_RED - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  N must be greater than 0.\n";
    cerr << "  Input N = " << n << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Remove factors common to a column.
//
  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    col[j] = i4vec_red ( m, a+j*m );
  }
//
//  Remove factors common to a row.
//
  temp = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      temp[j] = a[i+j*m];
    }
    row[i] = i4vec_red ( n, temp );
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      a[i+j*m] = temp[j];
    }
  }
  delete [] temp;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_transpose_print ( int m, int n, int a[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_TRANSPOSE_PRINT prints an I4MAT, transposed.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    31 January 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows in A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns in A.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N matrix.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  i4mat_transpose_print_some ( m, n, a, 1, 1, m, n, title );

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_transpose_print_some ( int m, int n, int a[], int ilo, int jlo,
  int ihi, int jhi, string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_TRANSPOSE_PRINT_SOME prints some of an I4MAT, transposed.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    15 October 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of the matrix.
//    M must be positive.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of the matrix.
//    N must be positive.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the matrix.
//
//    Input, int ILO, JLO, IHI, JHI, designate the first row and
//    column, and the last row and column to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
# define INCX 10

  int i;
  int i2hi;
  int i2lo;
  int j;
  int j2hi;
  int j2lo;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";

  if ( m <= 0 || n <= 0 )
  {
    cout << "\n";
    cout << "  (None)\n";
    return;
  }
//
//  Print the columns of the matrix, in strips of INCX.
//
  for ( i2lo = ilo; i2lo <= ihi; i2lo = i2lo + INCX )
  {
    i2hi = i2lo + INCX - 1;
    if ( m < i2hi )
    {
      i2hi = m;
    }
    if ( ihi < i2hi )
    {
      i2hi = ihi;
    }
    cout << "\n";
//
//  For each row I in the current range...
//
//  Write the header.
//
    cout << "  Row: ";
    for ( i = i2lo; i <= i2hi; i++ )
    {
      cout << setw(6) << i - 1 << "  ";
    }
    cout << "\n";
    cout << "  Col\n";
    cout << "\n";
//
//  Determine the range of the rows in this strip.
//
    j2lo = jlo;
    if ( j2lo < 1 )
    {
      j2lo = 1;
    }
    j2hi = jhi;
    if ( n < j2hi )
    {
      j2hi = n;
    }
    for ( j = j2lo; j <= j2hi; j++ )
    {
//
//  Print out (up to INCX) entries in column J, that lie in the current strip.
//
      cout << setw(5) << j - 1 << ":";
      for ( i = i2lo; i <= i2hi; i++ )
      {
        cout << setw(6) << a[i-1+(j-1)*m] << "  ";
      }
      cout << "\n";
    }
  }

  return;
# undef INCX
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_u1_inverse ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_U1_INVERSE inverts a unit upper triangular I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an MxN array of I4's, stored by (I,J) -> [I+J*M].
//
//    A unit upper triangular matrix is a matrix with only 1's on the main
//    diagonal, and only 0's below the main diagonal.
//
//    The inverse of an integer unit upper triangular matrix is also
//    an integer unit upper triangular matrix.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, number of rows and columns in the matrix.
//
//    Input, int A[N*N], the unit upper triangular matrix.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_U1_INVERSE[N*N], the inverse matrix.
//
{
  int *b;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;

  b = new int[n*n];

  for ( j = n-1; 0 <= j; j-- )
  {
    for ( i = j+1; i < n; i++ )
    {
      b[i+j*n] = 0;
    }
    b[j+j*n] = 1;

    for ( i = j-1; 0 <= i; i-- )
    {
      b[i+j*n] = 0;
      for ( k = i+1; k <= j; k++ )
      {
        b[i+j*n] = b[i+j*n] - a[i+k*n] * b[k+j*n];
      }
    }
  }

  return b;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4mat_uniform_ab ( int m, int n, int a, int b, int &seed, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_UNIFORM_AB returns a scaled pseudorandom I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an array of I4's.
//
//    This routine implements the recursion
//
//      seed = ( 16807 * seed ) mod ( 2^31 - 1 )
//      u = seed / ( 2^31 - 1 )
//
//    The integer arithmetic never requires more than 32 bits,
//    including a sign bit.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 May 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Paul Bratley, Bennett Fox, Linus Schrage,
//    A Guide to Simulation,
//    Second Edition,
//    Springer, 1987,
//    ISBN: 0387964673,
//    LC: QA76.9.C65.B73.
//
//    Bennett Fox,
//    Algorithm 647:
//    Implementation and Relative Efficiency of Quasirandom
//    Sequence Generators,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 12, Number 4, December 1986, pages 362-376.
//
//    Pierre L'Ecuyer,
//    Random Number Generation,
//    in Handbook of Simulation,
//    edited by Jerry Banks,
//    Wiley, 1998,
//    ISBN: 0471134031,
//    LC: T57.62.H37.
//
//    Peter Lewis, Allen Goodman, James Miller,
//    A Pseudo-Random Number Generator for the System/360,
//    IBM Systems Journal,
//    Volume 8, Number 2, 1969, pages 136-143.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A, B, the limits of the pseudorandom values.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, the "seed" value.  Normally, this
//    value should not be 0.  On output, SEED has 
//    been updated.
//
//    Output, int X[M*N], a matrix of pseudorandom values.
//
{
  int c;
  int i;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int j;
  int k;
  float r;
  int value;

  if ( seed == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4MAT_UNIFORM_AB - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input value of SEED = 0.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Guarantee A <= B.
//
  if ( b < a )
  {
    c = a;
    a = b;
    b = c;
  }

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      k = seed / 127773;

      seed = 16807 * ( seed - k * 127773 ) - k * 2836;

      if ( seed < 0 )
      {
        seed = seed + i4_huge;
      }

      r = ( float ) ( seed ) * 4.656612875E-10;
//
//  Scale R to lie between A-0.5 and B+0.5.
//
      r = ( 1.0 - r ) * ( ( float ) a - 0.5 ) 
        +         r   * ( ( float ) b + 0.5 );
//
//  Use rounding to convert R to an integer between A and B.
//
      value = round ( r );
//
//  Guarantee A <= VALUE <= B.
//
      if ( value < a )
      {
        value = a;
      }
      if ( b < value )
      {
        value = b;
      }
      x[i+j*m] = value;
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4mat_uniform_ab_new ( int m, int n, int a, int b, int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4MAT_UNIFORM_AB_NEW returns a new scaled pseudorandom I4MAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4MAT is an array of I4's.
//
//    This routine implements the recursion
//
//      seed = ( 16807 * seed ) mod ( 2^31 - 1 )
//      u = seed / ( 2^31 - 1 )
//
//    The integer arithmetic never requires more than 32 bits,
//    including a sign bit.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 May 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Paul Bratley, Bennett Fox, Linus Schrage,
//    A Guide to Simulation,
//    Second Edition,
//    Springer, 1987,
//    ISBN: 0387964673,
//    LC: QA76.9.C65.B73.
//
//    Bennett Fox,
//    Algorithm 647:
//    Implementation and Relative Efficiency of Quasirandom
//    Sequence Generators,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 12, Number 4, December 1986, pages 362-376.
//
//    Pierre L'Ecuyer,
//    Random Number Generation,
//    in Handbook of Simulation,
//    edited by Jerry Banks,
//    Wiley, 1998,
//    ISBN: 0471134031,
//    LC: T57.62.H37.
//
//    Peter Lewis, Allen Goodman, James Miller,
//    A Pseudo-Random Number Generator for the System/360,
//    IBM Systems Journal,
//    Volume 8, Number 2, 1969, pages 136-143.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A, B, the limits of the pseudorandom values.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, the "seed" value.  Normally, this
//    value should not be 0.  On output, SEED has 
//    been updated.
//
//    Output, int I4MAT_UNIFORM_AB_NEW[M*N], a matrix of pseudorandom values.
//
{
  int c;
  int i;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int j;
  int k;
  float r;
  int value;
  int *x;

  if ( seed == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4MAT_UNIFORM_AB_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input value of SEED = 0.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Guarantee A <= B.
//
  if ( b < a )
  {
    c = a;
    a = b;
    b = c;
  }

  x = new int[m*n];

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      k = seed / 127773;

      seed = 16807 * ( seed - k * 127773 ) - k * 2836;

      if ( seed < 0 )
      {
        seed = seed + i4_huge;
      }

      r = ( float ) ( seed ) * 4.656612875E-10;
//
//  Scale R to lie between A-0.5 and B+0.5.
//
      r = ( 1.0 - r ) * ( ( float ) a - 0.5 ) 
        +         r   * ( ( float ) b + 0.5 );
//
//  Use rounding to convert R to an integer between A and B.
//
      value = round ( r );
//
//  Guarantee A <= VALUE <= B.
//
      if ( value < a )
      {
        value = a;
      }
      if ( b < value )
      {
        value = b;
      }

      x[i+j*m] = value;
    }
  }

  return x;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4rmat_delete ( int **a, int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4RMAT_DELETE frees memory associated with an I4RMAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    This function releases the memory associated with an array that was 
//    created by a command like
//      int **a;
//      a = i4rmat_new ( m, n );
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 September 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int **A, the pointer to the array.
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    delete [] a[i];
  }

  delete [] a;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int **i4rmat_new ( int m, int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4RMAT_NEW allocates a new I4RMAT.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4RMAT is a row-major 2D matrix.
//
//    A declaration of the form
//      int **a;
//    is necesary.  Then an assignment of the form:
//      a = i4rmat_new ( m, n );
//    allows the user to assign entries to the matrix using typical
//    2D array notation:
//      a[2][3] = 17;
//      y = a[1][0];
//    and so on.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 September 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the matrix.
//
//    Output, int **I4RMAT_NEW, a new matrix.
//
{
  int **a;
  int i;

  a = new int *[m];

  if ( a == NULL )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4RMAT_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Unable to allocate row pointer array.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = new int[n];
    if ( a[i] == NULL )
    {
      cerr << "\n";
      cerr << "I4RMAT_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
      cerr << "  Unable to allocate row array.\n";
      exit ( 1 );
    }
  }

  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4row_compare ( int m, int n, int a[], int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_COMPARE compares two rows of a integer array.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The two dimensional information is stored in a one dimensional array,
//    by columns.  The entry A(I,J) is stored in A[I+J*M].
//
//    The input arguments I and J are row indices.  They DO NOT use the
//    C convention of starting at 0, but rather start at 1.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      M = 3, N = 4, I = 2, J = 3
//
//      A = (
//        1  2  3  4
//        5  6  7  8
//        9 10 11 12 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      I4ROW_COMPARE = -1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 October 2006
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int  A[M*N], the array of data.
//
//    Input, int I, J, the rows to be compared.
//    I and J must be between 1 and M.
//
//    Output, int I4ROW_COMPARE, the results of the comparison:
//    -1, row I < row J,
//     0, row I = row J,
//    +1, row J < row I.
//
{
  int k;
//
//  Check that I and J are legal.
//
  if ( i < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4ROW_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Row index I is less than 1.\n";
    cerr << "  I = " << i << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( m < i )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4ROW_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Row index I is out of bounds.\n";
    cerr << "  I = " << i << "\n";
    cerr << "  Maximum legal value is M = " << m << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( j < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4ROW_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Row index J is less than 1.\n";
    cerr << "  J = " << j << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( m < j )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4ROW_COMPARE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Row index J is out of bounds.\n";
    cerr << "  J = " << j << "\n";
    cerr << "  Maximum legal value is M = " << m << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( i == j )
  {
    return 0;
  }

  for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
  {
    if ( a[(i-1)+k*m] < a[(j-1)+k*m] )
    {
      return -1;
    }
    else if ( a[(j-1)+k*m] < a[(i-1)+k*m] )
    {
      return +1;
    }
  }

  return 0;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4row_find_item ( int m, int n, int a[], int item, int &row, int &col )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_FIND_ITEM searches the rows of an I4ROW for a given value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the table to search.
//
//    Input, int ITEM, the value to search for.
//
//    Output, int &ROW, &COL, the row and column indices
//    of the first occurrence of the value ITEM.  The search
//    is conducted by rows.  If the item is not found, then
//    ROW = COL = -1.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  row = -1;
  col = -1;

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      if ( a[i+j*m] == item )
      {
        row = i + 1;
        col = j + 1;
        return;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4row_max ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_MAX returns the maximums of an I4ROW.
//
//  Example:
//
//    A =
//      1  2  3
//      2  6  7
//
//    MAX =
//      3
//      7
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 October 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array to be examined.
//
//    Output, int IMAX[M]; IMAX[I] is the column of A in which
//    the maximum for row I occurs.
//
//    Output, int I4ROW_MAX[M], the maximums of the rows.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *amax;

  amax = new int[m];

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    amax[i] = a[i+0*m];

    for ( j = 1; j < n; j++ )
    {
      if ( amax[i] < a[i+j*m] )
      {
        amax[i] = a[i+j*m];
      }
    }
  }
  return amax;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double *i4row_mean ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_MEAN returns the means of an I4ROW.
//
//  Example:
//
//    A =
//      1  2  3
//      2  6  7
//
//    MEAN =
//      2
//      5
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 October 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array to be examined.
//
//    Output, double I4ROW_MEAN[M], the means, or averages, of the rows.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  double *mean;

  mean = new double[m];

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    mean[i] = 0.0;
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      mean[i] = mean[i] + ( double ) a[i+j*m];
    }
    mean[i] = mean[i] / ( double ) ( n );
  }

  return mean;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4row_min ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_MIN returns the minimums of an I4ROW.
//
//  Example:
//
//    A =
//      1  2  3
//      2  6  7
//
//    MIN =
//      1
//      2
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 October 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array to be examined.
//
//    Output, int I4ROW_MIN[M], the minimums of the rows.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *amin;

  amin = new int[m];

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    amin[i] = a[i+0*m];
    for ( j = 1; j < n; j++ )
    {
      if ( a[i+j*m] < amin[i] )
      {
        amin[i] = a[i+j*m];
      }
    }
  }

  return amin;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4row_sort_a ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_SORT_A ascending sorts the rows of an I4ROW.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    In lexicographic order, the statement "X < Y", applied to two
//    vectors X and Y of length M, means that there is some index I, with
//    1 <= I <= M, with the property that
//
//      X(J) = Y(J) for J < I,
//    and
//      X(I) < Y(I).
//
//    In other words, X is less than Y if, at the first index where they
//    differ, the X value is less than the Y value.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      M = 5, N = 3
//
//      A =
//        3  2  1
//        2  4  3
//        3  1  8
//        2  4  2
//        1  9  9
//
//    Output:
//
//      A =
//        1  9  9
//        2  4  2
//        2  4  3
//        3  1  8
//        3  2  1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 September 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of M rows of N-vectors.
//    On output, the rows of A have been sorted in ascending
//    lexicographic order.
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
//
//  Initialize.
//
  i = 0;
  indx = 0;
  isgn = 0;
  j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    sort_heap_external ( m, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
    if ( 0 < indx )
    {
      i4row_swap ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
    else if ( indx < 0 )
    {
      isgn = i4row_compare ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
    else if ( indx == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }

  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4row_sort_d ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_SORT_D descending sorts the rows of an I4ROW.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    In lexicographic order, the statement "X < Y", applied to two real
//    vectors X and Y of length M, means that there is some index I, with
//    1 <= I <= M, with the property that
//
//      X(J) = Y(J) for J < I,
//    and
//      X(I) < Y(I).
//
//    In other words, the first time they differ, X is smaller.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    07 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows and columns of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of M rows of N-vectors.
//    On output, the rows of A have been sorted in descending
//    lexicographic order.
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
//
//  Initialize.
//
  i = 0;
  indx = 0;
  isgn = 0;
  j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    sort_heap_external ( m, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
    if ( 0 < indx )
    {
      i4row_swap ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
    else if ( indx < 0 )
    {
      isgn = -i4row_compare ( m, n, a, i, j );
    }
    else if ( indx == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4row_sort2_d ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_SORT2_D descending sorts the elements of each row of an I4ROW.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 January 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the number of rows of A.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of columns of A, and the length
//    of a vector of data.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N].
//    On input, the array of M rows of N-vectors.
//    On output, the elements of each row of A have been sorted in descending
//    order.
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
  int row;
  int temp;

  if ( m <= 1 )
  {
    return;
  }

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return;
  }
//
//  Initialize.
//
  for ( row = 0; row < m; row++ )
  {
    i = 0;
    indx = 0;
    isgn = 0;
    j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
    for ( ; ; )
    {
      sort_heap_external ( n, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
      if ( 0 < indx )
      {
        temp           = a[row+(i-1)*m];
        a[row+(i-1)*m] = a[row+(j-1)*m];
        a[row+(j-1)*m] = temp;
      }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
      else if ( indx < 0 )
      {
        if ( a[row+(i-1)*m] < a[row+(j-1)*m] )
        {
          isgn = +1;
        }
        else
        {
          isgn = -1;
        }
      }
      else if ( indx == 0 )
      {
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4row_sum ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_SUM returns the sums of the rows of an I4ROW.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the M by N array.
//
//    Output, int I4ROW_SUM[M], the sum of the entries of
//    each row.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *rowsum;

  rowsum = new int[m];

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    rowsum[i] = 0;
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      rowsum[i] = rowsum[i] + a[i+j*m];
    }
  }
  return rowsum;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4row_swap ( int m, int n, int a[], int irow1, int irow2 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_SWAP swaps two rows of an I4ROW.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The two dimensional information is stored as a one dimensional
//    array, by columns.
//
//    The row indices are 1 based, NOT 0 based.  However, a preprocessor
//    variable, called OFFSET, can be reset from 1 to 0 if you wish to
//    use 0-based indices.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 September 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns.
//
//    Input/output, int A[M*N], an array of data.
//
//    Input, int IROW1, IROW2, the two rows to swap.
//    These indices should be between 1 and M.
//
{
# define OFFSET 1

  int j;
  int t;
//
//  Check.
//
  if ( irow1 < 0+OFFSET || m-1+OFFSET < irow1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4ROW_SWAP - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  IROW1 is out of range.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( irow2 < 0+OFFSET || m-1+OFFSET < irow2 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4ROW_SWAP - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  IROW2 is out of range.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( irow1 == irow2 )
  {
    return;
  }
  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    t                   = a[irow1-OFFSET+j*m];
    a[irow1-OFFSET+j*m] = a[irow2-OFFSET+j*m];
    a[irow2-OFFSET+j*m] = t;
  }

  return;
# undef OFFSET
}
//****************************************************************************80

double *i4row_variance ( int m, int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4ROW_VARIANCE returns the variances of an I4ROW.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    10 October 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, N, the number of rows and columns in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[M*N], the array whose variances are desired.
//
//    Output, double I4ROW_VARIANCE[M], the variances of the rows.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  double mean;
  double *variance;

  variance = new double[m];

  for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
  {
    mean = 0.0;
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      mean = mean + ( double ) a[i+j*m];
    }
    mean = mean / ( double ) ( n );

    variance[i] = 0.0;
    for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
    {
      variance[i] = variance[i] + pow ( ( ( double ) a[i+j*m] - mean ), 2 );
    }

    if ( 1 < n )
    {
      variance[i] = variance[i] / ( double ) ( n - 1 );
    }
    else
    {
      variance[i] = 0.0;
    }
  }

  return variance;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_add ( int n, int a[], int b[], int c[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ADD computes C = A + B for I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the first vector.
//
//    Input, int B[N], the second vector.
//
//    Output, int C[N], the sum of the vectors.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    c[i] = a[i] + b[i];
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_add_new ( int n, int a[], int b[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ADD_NEW computes C = A + B for I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 April 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the first vector.
//
//    Input, int B[N], the second vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_ADD_NEW[N], the sum of the vectors.
//
{
  int *c;
  int i;

  c = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    c[i] = a[i] + b[i];
  }
  return c;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_all_nonpositive ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ALL_NONPOSITIVE: ( all ( A <= 0 ) ) for I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    08 October 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to check.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ALL_NONPOSITIVE is TRUE if all entries
//    of A are less than or equal to zero.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( 0 < a[i] )
    {
      value = false;
      return value;
    }
  }
  value = true;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_amax ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AMAX returns the largest magnitude in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be searched.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_AMAX, the value of the entry of largest magnitude.
//
{
  int amax;
  int i;

  amax = a[0];

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( abs ( amax ) < abs ( a[i] ) )
    {
      amax = a[i];
    }
  }
  return amax;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_amax_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AMAX_INDEX returns the index of the maximum absolute value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_AMAX_INDEX, the index of the entry of largest magnitude.
//
{
  int amax;
  int amax_index;
  int i;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    amax_index = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    amax_index = 1;
    amax = abs ( a[0] );

    for ( i = 2; i <= n; i++ )
    {
      if ( amax < abs ( a[i-1] ) )
      {
        amax_index = i;
        amax = abs ( a[i-1] );
      }
    }
  }
  return amax_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_amin ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AMIN returns the smallest magnitude in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be checked.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_AMIN, the value of the smallest magnitude.
//
{
  int amin;
  int i;

  amin = a[0];

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( abs ( a[i] ) < abs ( amin ) )
    {
      amin = a[i];
    }
  }
  return amin;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_amin_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AMIN_INDEX returns the index of the minimum absolute value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, double A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_AMIN_INDEX, the index of the entry of smallest magnitude.
//
{
  int amin;
  int amin_index;
  int i;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    amin_index = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    amin_index = 1;
    amin = abs ( a[0] );

    for ( i = 2; i <= n; i++ )
    {
      if ( abs ( a[i-1] ) < amin )
      {
        amin_index = i;
        amin = abs ( a[i-1] );
      }
    }
  }
  return amin_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_aminz ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AMINZ returns the smallest nonzero magnitude in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be checked.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_AMINZ, the value of the smallest nonzero magnitude.
//    If all entries are zero, I4VEC_AMINZ is 0.
//
{
  int aminz;
  int i;

  aminz = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] != 0 )
    {
      if ( aminz == 0 || abs ( a[i] ) < abs ( aminz ) )
     {
        aminz = a[i];
      }
    }
  }

  return aminz;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_aminz_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AMINZ_INDEX returns the smallest nonzero magnitude in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries to be checked.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be checked.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_AMINZ_INDEX, the entry of the smallest nonzero magnitude.
//    If all entries are zero, AMINZ_INDEX is 0.
//
{
  int aminz;
  int i;
  int aminz_index;

  aminz = 0;
  aminz_index = -1;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i-1] != 0 )
    {
      if ( aminz_index == 0 || abs ( a[i-1] ) < aminz )
      {
        aminz = abs ( a[i-1] );
        aminz_index = i;
      }
    }
  }

  return aminz_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_any_lt ( int n, int a[], int b[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ANY_LT: ( any ( A < B ) ) for I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 April 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the first vector.
//
//    Input, int B[N], the second vector.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ANY_LT is TRUE if any entry
//    of A is less than the corresponding entry of B.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] < b[i] )
    {
      value = true;
      return value;
    }
  }
  value = false;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_any_negative ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ANY_NEGATIVE: ( any A < 0 ) for I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    08 October 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to check.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ANY_NEGATIVE is TRUE if any entry is negative.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] < 0 )
    {
      value = true;
      return value;
    }
  }
  value = false;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_any_nonzero ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ANY_NONZERO: ( any A nonzero ) for I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 December 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to check.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ANY_NONZERO is TRUE if any entry is nonzero.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] != 0 )
    {
      value = true;
      return value;
    }
  }
  value = false;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_ascend_sub ( int n, int a[], int &length )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ASCEND_SUB computes the longest ascending subsequence in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The subsequence is required to be strictly increasing.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the length of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be examined.
//
//    Output, int &LENGTH, the length of the longest increasing subsequence.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_ASCEND_SUB[LENGTH], a longest increasing
//    subsequence of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;
  int *sub;
  int *top;
  int *top_prev;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    length = 0;
    return NULL;
  }

  top = new int[n];
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    top[i] = 0;
  }

  top_prev = new int[n];
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    top_prev[i] = 0;
  }

  length = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    k = -1;
    for ( j = 0; j < length; j++ )
    {
      if ( a[i] <= a[top[j]] )
      {
        k = j;
        break;
      }
    }
    if ( k == -1 )
    {
      k = length;
      length = length + 1;
    }

    top[k] = i;

    if ( 0 < k )
    {
      top_prev[i] = top[k-1];
    }
    else
    {
      top_prev[i] = -1;
    }
  }
//
//  Extract the subsequence.
//
  sub = new int[length];

  j = top[length-1];
  sub[length-1] = a[j];

  for ( i = length-2; 0 <= i; i-- )
  {
    j = top_prev[j];
    sub[i] = a[j];
  }

  delete [] top;
  delete [] top_prev;

  return sub;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_ascends ( int n, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ASCENDS determines if an I4VEC is (weakly) ascending.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    X = ( -8, 1, 2, 3, 7, 7, 9 )
//
//    I4VEC_ASCENDS = TRUE
//
//    The sequence is not required to be strictly ascending.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the array.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the array to be examined.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ASCENDS, is TRUE if the entries of X ascend.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n-1; i++ )
  {
    if ( x[i] < x[i-1] )
    {
      return false;
    }
  }

  return true;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_axpy ( int n, int ia, int ix[], int incx, int iy[], int incy )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_AXPY adds IA times the vector IX to the vector IY.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries of IX and IY.
//
//    Input, int IA, the scalar value by which each entry
//    of IX is multiplied before being added to IY.
//
//    Input, int IX[*], the vector, a multiple of which is to be
//    added to IY.
//
//    Input, int INCX, the increment between successive entries of IX.
//
//    Input/output, int IY[*].
//
//    On output, each entry of IY has been increased by
//    IA times the corresponding entry of IX.
//
//    Input, int INCY, the increment between successive entries of IY.
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int indy;

  indx = 0;
  indy = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    iy[indy] = iy[indy] + ia * ix[indx];

    indx = indx + incx;
    indy = indy + incy;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_bracket ( int n, int x[], int xval, int &left, int &right )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_BRACKET searches a sorted I4VEC for successive brackets of a value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    If the values in the vector are thought of as defining intervals
//    on the number line, then this routine searches for the interval
//    containing the given value.
//
//    Special cases:
//      Value is less than all data values:
//        LEFT = -1, RIGHT = 0, and XVAL < X[RIGHT].
//      Value is greater than all data values:
//        LEFT = N-1, RIGHT = -1, and X[LEFT] < XVAL.
//      Value is equal to a data value:
//        LEFT = RIGHT, and X[LEFT] = X[RIGHT] = XVAL.
//      Algorithm failure:
//        LEFT = RIGHT = -1.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, length of input array.
//
//    Input, int X[N], an array that has been sorted into ascending order.
//
//    Input, int XVAL, a value to be bracketed.
//
//    Output, int &LEFT, &RIGHT, the results of the search.
//    In the most common case, 0 <= LEFT < LEFT + 1 = RIGHT <= N-1,
//    and X[LEFT] <= XVAL <= X[RIGHT].
//
{
  int high;
  int low;
  int mid;
//
//  XVAL < X[0].
//
  if ( xval < x[0] )
  {
    left = -1;
    right = 0;
  }
//
//  X[N] < XVAL.
//
  else if ( x[n-1] < xval )
  {
    left = n-1;
    right = -1;
  }
//
//  N = 1
//
  else if ( n == 1 )
  {
    left = 0;
    right = 0;
  }
//
//  X[0] <= XVAL <= X[N-1].
//
  else
  {
    low = 0;
    high = n - 2;

    for ( ; ; )
    {
      mid = ( low + high ) / 2;

      if ( high < low )
      {
        cerr << "\n";
        cerr << "I4VEC_BRACKET - Fatal error!\n";
        cerr << "  Algorithm or data failure.\n";
        exit ( 1 );
      }

      if ( x[mid] == xval )
      {
        left = mid;
        right = mid;
        return;
      }
      else if ( x[mid+1] == xval )
      {
        left = mid + 1;
        right = mid + 1;
        return;
      }
      else if ( x[mid] < xval && xval < x[mid+1] )
      {
        left = mid;
        right = mid + 1;
        return;
      }
      else if ( x[mid+1] < xval )
      {
        low = mid + 1;
      }
      else if ( xval < x[mid] )
      {
        high = mid - 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_compare ( int n, int a[], int b[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_COMPARE compares two I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The lexicographic ordering is used.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      A = ( 2, 6, 2 )
//      B = ( 2, 8, 12 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      ISGN = -1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
//
//    Input, int A[N], B[N], the vectors to be compared.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_COMPARE, the results of the comparison:
//    -1, A is lexicographically less than B,
//     0, A is equal to B,
//    +1, A is lexicographically greater than B.
//
{
  int isgn;
  int k;

  isgn = 0;

  for ( k = 0; k < n; k++ )
  {
    if ( a[k] < b[k] )
    {
      isgn = - 1;
      return isgn;
    }
    else if ( b[k] < a[k] )
    {
      isgn = + 1;
      return isgn;
    }
  }

  return isgn;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_concatenate ( int n1, int a[], int n2, int b[], int c[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_CONCATENATE concatenates two I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 November 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N1, the number of entries in the first vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N1], the first vector.
//
//    Input, int N2, the number of entries in the second vector.
//
//    Input, int B[N2], the second vector.
//
//    Output, int C[N1+N2], the concatenated vector.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n1; i++ )
  {
    c[i] = a[i];
  }
  for ( i = 0; i < n2; i++ )
  {
    c[n1+i] = b[i];
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_concatenate_new ( int n1, int a[], int n2, int b[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_CONCATENATE_NEW concatenates two I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 November 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N1, the number of entries in the first vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N1], the first vector.
//
//    Input, int N2, the number of entries in the second vector.
//
//    Input, int B[N2], the second vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_CONCATENATE_NEW[N1+N2], the concatenated vector.
//
{
  int i;
  int *c;

  c = new int[n1+n2];

  for ( i = 0; i < n1; i++ )
  {
    c[i] = a[i];
  }
  for ( i = 0; i < n2; i++ )
  {
    c[n1+i] = b[i];
  }

  return c;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_copy ( int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_COPY copies an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 April 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
//
//    Input, int A1[N], the vector to be copied.
//
//    Output, int A2[N], the copy of A1.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a2[i] = a1[i];
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_copy_new ( int n, int a1[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_COPY_NEW copies an I4VEC to a "new" I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 July 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
//
//    Input, int A1[N], the vector to be copied.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_COPY_NEW[N], the copy of A1.
//
{
  int *a2;
  int i;

  a2 = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a2[i] = a1[i];
  }
  return a2;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_cum_new ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_CUM_NEW computes the cumulative sum of the entries of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      A = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 /)
//
//    Output:
//
//      A_CUM = (/ 1, 3, 6, 10 /)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 December 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be summed.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_CUM_NEW[N], the cumulative sum of the entries of A.
//
{
  int *a_cum;
  int i;

  a_cum = new int[n+1];

  a_cum[0] = a[0];

  for ( i = 1; i <= n - 1; i++ )
  {
    a_cum[i] = a_cum[i-1] + a[i];
  }

  return a_cum;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_cum0_new ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_CUM0_NEW computes the cumulative sum of the entries of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    This routine returns a vector of length N+1, with the first value
//    being 0.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      A = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 /)
//
//    Output:
//
//      A_CUM = (/ 0, 1, 3, 6, 10 /)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 December 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be summed.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_CUM0_NEW[N+1], the cumulative sum of the entries of A.
//
{
  int *a_cum;
  int i;

  a_cum = new int[n+1];

  a_cum[0] = 0;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    a_cum[i] = a_cum[i-1] + a[i-1];
  }

  return a_cum;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_decrement ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_DEC decrements an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 July 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the vector to be decremented.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = a[i] - 1;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_descends ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_DESCENDS determines if an I4VEC is (weakly) descending.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    X = ( 9, 7, 7, 3, 2, 1, -8 )
//
//    I4VEC_DESCENDS = TRUE
//
//    The sequence is not required to be strictly descending.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be examined.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_DESCENDS, is TRUE if the entries of X descend.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n-1; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i-1] < a[i] )
    {
      return false;
    }
  }

  return true;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_direct_product ( int factor_index, int factor_order,
  int factor_value[], int factor_num, int point_num, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_DIRECT_PRODUCT creates a direct product of I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    To explain what is going on here, suppose we had to construct
//    a multidimensional quadrature rule as the product of K rules
//    for 1D quadrature.
//
//    The product rule will be represented as a list of points and weights.
//
//    The J-th item in the product rule will be associated with
//      item J1 of 1D rule 1,
//      item J2 of 1D rule 2,
//      ...,
//      item JK of 1D rule K.
//
//    In particular,
//      X(J) = ( X(1,J1), X(2,J2), ..., X(K,JK))
//    and
//      W(J) = W(1,J1) * W(2,J2) * ... * W(K,JK)
//
//    So we can construct the quadrature rule if we can properly
//    distribute the information in the 1D quadrature rules.
//
//    This routine carries out that task for the points X.
//
//    Another way to do this would be to compute, one by one, the
//    set of all possible indices (J1,J2,...,JK), and then index
//    the appropriate information.  An advantage of the method shown
//    here is that you can process the K-th set of information and
//    then discard it.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Rule 1:
//      Order = 4
//      X(1:4) = ( 1, 2, 3, 4 )
//
//    Rule 2:
//      Order = 3
//      X(1:3) = ( 10, 20, 30 )
//
//    Rule 3:
//      Order = 2
//      X(1:2) = ( 100, 200 )
//
//    Product Rule:
//      Order = 24
//      X(1:24) =
//        ( 1, 10, 100 )
//        ( 2, 10, 100 )
//        ( 3, 10, 100 )
//        ( 4, 10, 100 )
//        ( 1, 20, 100 )
//        ( 2, 20, 100 )
//        ( 3, 20, 100 )
//        ( 4, 20, 100 )
//        ( 1, 30, 100 )
//        ( 2, 30, 100 )
//        ( 3, 30, 100 )
//        ( 4, 30, 100 )
//        ( 1, 10, 200 )
//        ( 2, 10, 200 )
//        ( 3, 10, 200 )
//        ( 4, 10, 200 )
//        ( 1, 20, 200 )
//        ( 2, 20, 200 )
//        ( 3, 20, 200 )
//        ( 4, 20, 200 )
//        ( 1, 30, 200 )
//        ( 2, 30, 200 )
//        ( 3, 30, 200 )
//        ( 4, 30, 200 )
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 April 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_INDEX, the index of the factor being processed.
//    The first factor processed must be factor 0.
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_ORDER, the order of the factor.
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_VALUE[FACTOR_ORDER], the factor values for
//    factor FACTOR_INDEX.
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_NUM, the number of factors.
//
//    Input, int POINT_NUM, the number of elements in the direct product.
//
//    Input/output, int X[FACTOR_NUM*POINT_NUM], the elements of the
//    direct product, which are built up gradually.
//
//  Local Parameters:
//
//    Local, integer START, the first location of a block of values to set.
//
//    Local, integer CONTIG, the number of consecutive values to set.
//
//    Local, integer SKIP, the distance from the current value of START
//    to the next location of a block of values to set.
//
//    Local, integer REP, the number of blocks of values to set.
//
{
  static int contig = 0;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;
  static int rep = 0;
  static int skip = 0;
  int start;

  if ( factor_index == 0 )
  {
    contig = 1;
    skip = 1;
    rep = point_num;
    for ( j = 0; j < point_num; j++ )
    {
      for ( i = 0; i < factor_num; i++ )
      {
        x[i+j*factor_num] = 0;
      }
    }
  }

  rep = rep / factor_order;
  skip = skip * factor_order;

  for ( j = 0; j < factor_order; j++ )
  {
    start = 0 + j * contig;

    for ( k = 1; k <= rep; k++ )
    {
      for ( i = start; i < start + contig; i++ )
      {
        x[factor_index+i*factor_num] = factor_value[j];
      }
      start = start + skip;
    }
  }

  contig = contig * factor_order;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_direct_product2 ( int factor_index, int factor_order,
  int factor_value[], int factor_num, int point_num, int w[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_DIRECT_PRODUCT2 creates a direct product of I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    To explain what is going on here, suppose we had to construct
//    a multidimensional quadrature rule as the product of K rules
//    for 1D quadrature.
//
//    The product rule will be represented as a list of points and weights.
//
//    The J-th item in the product rule will be associated with
//      item J1 of 1D rule 1,
//      item J2 of 1D rule 2,
//      ...,
//      item JK of 1D rule K.
//
//    In particular,
//      X(J) = ( X(1,J1), X(2,J2), ..., X(K,JK))
//    and
//      W(J) = W(1,J1) * W(2,J2) * ... * W(K,JK)
//
//    So we can construct the quadrature rule if we can properly
//    distribute the information in the 1D quadrature rules.
//
//    This routine carries out that task for the weights W.
//
//    Another way to do this would be to compute, one by one, the
//    set of all possible indices (J1,J2,...,JK), and then index
//    the appropriate information.  An advantage of the method shown
//    here is that you can process the K-th set of information and
//    then discard it.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Rule 1:
//      Order = 4
//      W(1:4) = ( 2, 3, 5, 7 )
//
//    Rule 2:
//      Order = 3
//      W(1:3) = ( 11, 13, 17 )
//
//    Rule 3:
//      Order = 2
//      W(1:2) = ( 19, 23 )
//
//    Product Rule:
//      Order = 24
//      W(1:24) =
//        ( 2 * 11 * 19 )
//        ( 3 * 11 * 19 )
//        ( 4 * 11 * 19 )
//        ( 7 * 11 * 19 )
//        ( 2 * 13 * 19 )
//        ( 3 * 13 * 19 )
//        ( 5 * 13 * 19 )
//        ( 7 * 13 * 19 )
//        ( 2 * 17 * 19 )
//        ( 3 * 17 * 19 )
//        ( 5 * 17 * 19 )
//        ( 7 * 17 * 19 )
//        ( 2 * 11 * 23 )
//        ( 3 * 11 * 23 )
//        ( 5 * 11 * 23 )
//        ( 7 * 11 * 23 )
//        ( 2 * 13 * 23 )
//        ( 3 * 13 * 23 )
//        ( 5 * 13 * 23 )
//        ( 7 * 13 * 23 )
//        ( 2 * 17 * 23 )
//        ( 3 * 17 * 23 )
//        ( 5 * 17 * 23 )
//        ( 7 * 17 * 23 )
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 April 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_INDEX, the index of the factor being processed.
//    The first factor processed must be factor 0.
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_ORDER, the order of the factor.
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_VALUE[FACTOR_ORDER], the factor values for
//    factor FACTOR_INDEX.
//
//    Input, int FACTOR_NUM, the number of factors.
//
//    Input, int POINT_NUM, the number of elements in the direct product.
//
//    Input/output, int W[POINT_NUM], the elements of the
//    direct product, which are built up gradually.
//
//  Local Parameters:
//
//    Local, integer START, the first location of a block of values to set.
//
//    Local, integer CONTIG, the number of consecutive values to set.
//
//    Local, integer SKIP, the distance from the current value of START
//    to the next location of a block of values to set.
//
//    Local, integer REP, the number of blocks of values to set.
//
{
  static int contig = 0;
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;
  static int rep = 0;
  static int skip = 0;
  int start;

  if ( factor_index == 0 )
  {
    contig = 1;
    skip = 1;
    rep = point_num;
    for ( i = 0; i < point_num; i++ )
    {
      w[i] = 1;
    }
  }

  rep = rep / factor_order;
  skip = skip * factor_order;

  for ( j = 0; j < factor_order; j++ )
  {
    start = 0 + j * contig;

    for ( k = 1; k <= rep; k++ )
    {
      for ( i = start; i < start + contig; i++ )
      {
        w[i] = w[i] * factor_value[j];
      }
      start = start + skip;
    }
  }

  contig = contig * factor_order;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_dot_product ( int n, int x[], int y[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_DOT_PRODUCT computes the dot product of two I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    19 December 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the array.
//
//    Input, int X[N], Y[N], the arrays.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_DOT_PRODUCT, the dot product of X and Y.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  value = 0;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    value = value + x[i] * y[i];
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_eq ( int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_EQ is true if two I4VEC's are equal.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 May 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
//
//    Input, int A1[N], A2[N], two vectors to compare.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_EQ, is TRUE if every pair of elements A1(I)
//    and A2(I) are equal, and FALSE otherwise.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a1[i] != a2[i] )
    {
      return false;
    }
  }
  return true;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_even_all ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_EVEN_ALL is TRUE if all entries of an I4VEC are even.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 April 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_EVEN_ALL, TRUE if all entries are even.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  value = true;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( ( a[i] % 2 ) == 1 )
    {
      value = false;
      return value;
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_even_any ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_EVEN_ANY is TRUE if any entry of an I4VEC is even.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 April 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_EVEN_ANY, TRUE if any entry is even.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  value = false;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( ( a[i] % 2 ) == 0 )
    {
      value = true;
      return value;
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_find ( int n, int a[], int value )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_FIND finds the first occurrence of a value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    30 August 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Input, int VALUE, the value being sought.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_FIND, the first location in A where 
//    VALUE occurs, or -1 if VALUE never occurs.
//
{
  int i;
  int location;

  location = -1;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] == value )
    {
      location = i;
      return location;
    }
  }
  return location;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_first_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_FIRST_INDEX indexes the first occurrence of values in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    For element A(I) of the vector, FIRST_INDEX(I) is the index in A of
//    the first occurrence of the value A(I).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 August 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_FIRST_INDEX[N], the first occurrence index.
//
{
  int *first_index;
  int i;
  int j;

  first_index = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    first_index[i] = -1;
  }
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( first_index[i] == -1 )
    {
      first_index[i] = i;
      for ( j = i + 1; j < n; j++ )
      {
        if ( a[i] == a[j] )
        {
          first_index[j] = i;
        }
      }
    }
  }
  return first_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_frac ( int n, int a[], int k )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_FRAC searches for the K-th smallest entry in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Hoare's algorithm is used.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 September 2005
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, A is the array to search.
//    On output, the elements of A have been somewhat rearranged.
//
//    Input, int K, the fractile to be sought.  If K = 1, the minimum
//    entry is sought.  If K = N, the maximum is sought.  Other values
//    of K search for the entry which is K-th in size.  K must be at
//    least 1, and no greater than N.
//
//    Output, double I4VEC_FRAC, the value of the K-th fractile of A.
//
{
  int frac;
  int i;
  int iryt;
  int j;
  int left;
  int temp;
  int x;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_FRAC - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Illegal nonpositive value of N = " << n << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( k <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_FRAC - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Illegal nonpositive value of K = " << k << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  if ( n < k )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_FRAC - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Illegal N < K, K = " << k << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  left = 1;
  iryt = n;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( iryt <= left )
    {
      frac = a[k-1];
      break;
    }

    x = a[k-1];
    i = left;
    j = iryt;

    for ( ; ; )
    {
      if ( j < i )
      {
        if ( j < k )
        {
          left = i;
        }
        if ( k < i )
        {
          iryt = j;
        }
        break;
      }
//
//  Find I so that X <= A(I).
//
      while ( a[i-1] < x )
      {
        i = i + 1;
      }
//
//  Find J so that A(J) <= X.
//
      while ( x < a[j-1] )
      {
        j = j - 1;
      }

      if ( i <= j )
      {
        temp   = a[i-1];
        a[i-1] = a[j-1];
        a[j-1] = temp;
        i = i + 1;
        j = j - 1;
      }
    }
  }

  return frac;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_gcd ( int n, int v[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_GCD returns the greatest common divisor of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The value GCD returned has the property that it is the greatest integer
//    which evenly divides every entry of V.
//
//    The entries in V may be negative.
//
//    Any zero entries in V are ignored.  If all entries of V are zero,
//    GCD is returned as 1.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    02 July 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the order of V.
//
//    Input, int V[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_GCD, the greatest common divisor of V.
//
{
  int gcd;
  int i;

  gcd = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( v[i] != 0 )
    {
      if ( gcd == 0 )
      {
        gcd = abs ( v[i] );
      }
      else
      {
        gcd = i4_gcd ( gcd, v[i] );
      }
    }
  }
//
//  If GCD is 0, that can only happen because all entries of V are zero.
//
  if ( gcd == 0 )
  {
    gcd = 1;
  }

  return gcd;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_heap_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HEAP_A reorders an I4VEC into a ascending heap.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    An ascending heap is an array A with the property that, for every index J,
//    A[J] <= A[2*J+1] and A[J] <= A[2*J+2], (as long as the indices
//    2*J+1 and 2*J+2 are legal).
//
//  Diagram:
//
//                  A(0)
//
//            A(1)         A(2)
//
//      A(3)       A(4)  A(5) A(6)
//
//    A(7) A(8)  A(9) A(10)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the input array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, an unsorted array.
//    On output, the array has been reordered into a heap.
//
{
  int i;
  int ifree;
  int key;
  int m;
//
//  Only nodes (N/2)-1 down to 0 can be "parent" nodes.
//
  for ( i = (n/2)-1; 0 <= i; i-- )
  {
//
//  Copy the value out of the parent node.
//  Position IFREE is now "open".
//
    key = a[i];
    ifree = i;

    for ( ; ; )
    {
//
//  Positions 2*IFREE + 1 and 2*IFREE + 2 are the descendants of position
//  IFREE.  (One or both may not exist because they equal or exceed N.)
//
      m = 2 * ifree + 1;
//
//  Does the first position exist?
//
      if ( n <= m )
      {
        break;
      }
      else
      {
//
//  Does the second position exist?
//
        if ( m + 1 < n )
        {
//
//  If both positions exist, take the larger of the two values,
//  and update M if necessary.
//
          if ( a[m+1] < a[m] )
          {
            m = m + 1;
          }
        }
//
//  If the large descendant is larger than KEY, move it up,
//  and update IFREE, the location of the free position, and
//  consider the descendants of THIS position.
//
        if ( a[m] <= key )
        {
          break;
        }

        a[ifree] = a[m];
        ifree = m;
      }
    }
//
//  When you have stopped shifting items up, return the item you
//  pulled out back to the heap.
//
    a[ifree] = key;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_heap_d ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HEAP_D reorders an I4VEC into a descending heap.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    A heap is an array A with the property that, for every index J,
//    A[J] >= A[2*J+1] and A[J] >= A[2*J+2], (as long as the indices
//    2*J+1 and 2*J+2 are legal).
//
//  Diagram:
//
//                  A(0)
//
//            A(1)         A(2)
//
//      A(3)       A(4)  A(5) A(6)
//
//    A(7) A(8)  A(9) A(10)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    30 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the input array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, an unsorted array.
//    On output, the array has been reordered into a heap.
//
{
  int i;
  int ifree;
  int key;
  int m;
//
//  Only nodes (N/2)-1 down to 0 can be "parent" nodes.
//
  for ( i = ( n / 2 ) - 1; 0 <= i; i-- )
  {
//
//  Copy the value out of the parent node.
//  Position IFREE is now "open".
//
    key = a[i];
    ifree = i;

    for ( ; ; )
    {
//
//  Positions 2*IFREE + 1 and 2*IFREE + 2 are the descendants of position
//  IFREE.  (One or both may not exist because they equal or exceed N.)
//
      m = 2 * ifree + 1;
//
//  Does the first position exist?
//
      if ( n <= m )
      {
        break;
      }
      else
      {
//
//  Does the second position exist?
//
        if ( m + 1 < n )
        {
//
//  If both positions exist, take the larger of the two values,
//  and update M if necessary.
//
          if ( a[m] < a[m+1] )
          {
            m = m + 1;
          }
        }
//
//  If the large descendant is larger than KEY, move it up,
//  and update IFREE, the location of the free position, and
//  consider the descendants of THIS position.
//
        if ( key < a[m] )
        {
          a[ifree] = a[m];
          ifree = m;
        }
        else
        {
          break;
        }
      }
    }
//
//  When you have stopped shifting items up, return the item you
//  pulled out back to the heap.
//
    a[ifree] = key;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_heap_d_extract ( int &n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HEAP_D_EXTRACT extracts the maximum value from a descending heap.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    In other words, the routine finds the maximum value in the
//    heap, returns that value to the user, deletes that value from
//    the heap, and restores the heap to its proper form.
//
//    This is one of three functions needed to model a priority queue.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
//    Introduction to Algorithms,
//    MIT Press, page 150.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N, the number of items in the heap.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the heap.
//
//    Output, int VALUE, the item of maximum value, which has been
//    removed from the heap.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_HEAP_D_EXTRACT - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The heap is empty.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Get the maximum value.
//
  value = a[0];

  if ( n == 1 )
  {
    n = 0;
    return value;
  }
//
//  Shift the last value down.
//
  a[0] = a[n-1];
//
//  Restore the heap structure.
//
  n = n - 1;
  i4vec_sort_heap_d ( n, a );

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_heap_d_insert ( int &n, int a[], int value )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HEAP_D_INSERT inserts a new value into a descending heap.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    This is one of three functions needed to model a priority queue.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
//    Introduction to Algorithms,
//    MIT Press, page 150.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N, the number of items in the heap.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the heap.
//
//    Input, int VALUE, the value to be inserted.
//
{
  int i;
  int parent;

  n = n + 1;
  i = n;

  while ( 1 < i )
  {
    parent = i / 2;

    if ( value <= a[parent-1] )
    {
      break;
    }
    a[i-1] = a[parent-1];
    i = parent;
  }

  a[i-1] = value;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_heap_d_max ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HEAP_D_MAX returns the maximum value in a descending heap of integers.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    This is one of three functions needed to model a priority queue.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
//    Introduction to Algorithms,
//    MIT Press, page 150.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items in the heap.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the heap.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_HEAP_D_MAX, the maximum value in the heap.
//
{
  int value;

  value = a[0];

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_histogram ( int n, int a[], int histo_num )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HISTOGRAM computes a histogram of the elements of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    It is assumed that the entries in the vector A are nonnegative.
//    Only values between 0 and HISTO_NUM will be histogrammed.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 August 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to examine.
//
//    Input, int HISTO_NUM, the maximum value for which a
//    histogram entry will be computed.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_HISTOGRAM[HISTO_NUM+1], contains the number of
//    entries of A with the values of 0 through HISTO_NUM.
//
{
  int *histo_gram;
  int i;

  histo_gram = new int[histo_num+1];

  for ( i = 0; i <= histo_num; i++ )
  {
    histo_gram[i] = 0;
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( 0 <= a[i] && a[i] <= histo_num )
    {
      histo_gram[a[i]] = histo_gram[a[i]] + 1;
    }
  }
  return histo_gram;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_histogram_masked ( int n, int a[], int histo_num, int mask[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_HISTOGRAM_MASKED computes a histogram of a masked I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Only values with a MASK value of 1 will be histogrammed.
//    Only values between 0 and HISTO_NUM will be histogrammed.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 October 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to examine.
//
//    Input, int HISTO_NUM, the maximum value for which a
//    histogram entry will be computed.
//
//    Input, int MASK[N], the mask values.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_HISTOGRAM_MASKED[HISTO_NUM+1], contains the number of
//    entries of A with the values of 0 through HISTO_NUM.
//
{
  int *histo_gram;
  int i;

  histo_gram = new int[histo_num+1];

  for ( i = 0; i <= histo_num; i++ )
  {
    histo_gram[i] = 0;
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( mask[i] == 1 )
    {
      if ( 0 <= a[i] && a[i] <= histo_num )
      {
        histo_gram[a[i]] = histo_gram[a[i]] + 1;
      }
    }
  }
  return histo_gram;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_increment ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INCREMENT increments an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 July 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vectors.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the vector to be incremented.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = a[i] + 1;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_index ( int n, int a[], int aval )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX locates a value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be searched.
//
//    Input, int AVAL, the value to be indexed.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_INDEX, the first location in A which has the
//    value AVAL, or -1 if no such index exists.
//
{
  int i;
  int index;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i-1] == aval )
    {
      index = i;
      return index;
    }
  }

  index = -1;

  return index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_delete_all ( int n, int x[], int indx[], int xval,
  int &n2, int x2[], int indx2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_DELETE_ALL deletes all occurrences of a value from an indexed sorted list.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Note that the value of N is adjusted because of the deletions//
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the current list.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the list.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//
//    Input, int XVAL, the value to be sought.
//
//    Output, int &N2, the size of the current list.
//
//    Output, int X2[N2], the list.
//
//    Output, int INDX2[N2], the sort index of the list.
//
{
  int equal;
  int equal1;
  int equal2;
  int get;
  int i;
  int less;
  int more;
  int put;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    n2 = 0;
    return;
  }

  i4vec_copy ( n, indx, indx2 );
  i4vec_copy ( n, x, x2 );
  n2 = n;

  i4vec_index_search ( n2, x2, indx2, xval, less, equal, more );

  if ( equal == 0 )
  {
    return;
  }

  equal1 = equal;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( equal1 <= 1 )
    {
      break;
    }

    if ( x2[indx2[equal1-2]-1] != xval )
    {
      break;
    }
    equal1 = equal1 - 1;
  }

  equal2 = equal;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( n2 <= equal2 )
    {
      break;
    }

    if ( x2[indx2[equal2]-1] != xval )
    {
      break;
    }
    equal2 = equal2 + 1;
  }
//
//  Discard certain X values.
//
  put = 0;

  for ( get = 1; get <= n2; get++ )
  {
    if ( x2[get-1] != xval )
    {
      put = put + 1;
      x2[put-1] = x2[get-1];
    }
  }
//
//  Adjust the INDX values.
//
  for ( equal = equal1; equal <= equal2; equal++ )
  {
    for ( i = 1; i <= n2; i++ )
    {
      if ( indx2[equal-1] < indx2[i-1] )
      {
        indx2[i-1] = indx2[i-1] - 1;
      }
    }
  }
//
//  Discard certain INDX values.
//
  for ( i = 0; i <= n2 - equal2 - 1; i++ )
  {
    indx2[equal1+i-1] = indx2[equal2+i];
  }
  for ( i = n2 + equal1 - equal2; i <= n2; i++ )
  {
    indx2[i-1] = 0;
  }
//
//  Adjust N.
//
  n2 = put;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_delete_dupes ( int n, int x[], int indx[],
  int &n2, int x2[], int indx2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_DELETE_DUPES deletes duplicates from an indexed sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The output quantities N2, X2, and INDX2 are computed from the
//    input quantities by sorting, and eliminating duplicates.
//
//    The output arrays should be dimensioned of size N, unless the user
//    knows in advance what the value of N2 will be.
//
//    The output arrays may be identified with the input arrays.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    15 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the input list.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the list.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//
//    Output, int &N2, the number of unique entries in X.
//
//    Output, int X2[N2], a copy of the list which has
//    been sorted, and made unique.
//
//    Output, int INDX2[N2], the sort index of the new list.
//
{
  int i;
  int n3;
  int *x3;

  i = 0;
  n3 = 0;
  x3 = new int[n];

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    i = i + 1;

    if ( n < i )
    {
      break;
    }

    if ( 1 < i )
    {
      if ( x[indx[i-1]-1] == x3[n3-1] )
      {
        continue;
      }
    }
    n3 = n3 + 1;
    x3[n3-1] = x[indx[i-1]-1];
  }
//
//  Set the output data.
//
  n2 = n3;
  i4vec_copy ( n3, x3, x2 );
  for ( i = 0; i < n3; i++ )
  {
    indx2[i] = i + 1;
  }

  delete [] x3;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_delete_one ( int n, int x[], int indx[], int xval,
  int &n2, int x2[], int indx2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_DELETE_ONE deletes one copy of an I4 from an indexed sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    If the value occurs in the list more than once, only one copy is deleted.
//
//    Note that the value of N is adjusted because of the deletions.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 October 2000
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the current list.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the list.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//
//    Input, int XVAL, the value to be sought.
//
//    Output, int &N2, the size of the current list.
//
//    Output, int X2[N2], the list.
//
//    Output, int INDX2[N2], the sort index of the list.
//
{
  int equal;
  int i;
  int j;
  int less;
  int more;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    n2 = 0;
    return;
  }

  n2 = n;
  i4vec_copy ( n2, indx, indx2 );
  i4vec_copy ( n2, x, x2 );

  i4vec_index_search ( n2, x2, indx2, xval, less, equal, more );

  if ( equal != 0 )
  {
    j = indx2[equal-1];
    for ( i = j; i <= n2 - 1; i++ )
    {
      x2[i-1] = x[i];
    }
    for ( i = equal; i <= n2 - 1; i++ )
    {
      indx2[i-1] = indx2[i];
    }
    for ( i = 1; i <= n2 - 1; i++ )
    {
      if ( j < indx2[i-1] )
      {
        indx2[i-1] = indx2[i-1] - 1;
      }
    }
    n2 = n2 - 1;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_insert ( int &n, int x[], int indx[], int xval )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_INSERT inserts an I4 into an indexed sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N, the size of the current list.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the list.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//
//    Input, int XVAL, the value to be sought.
//
{
  int equal;
  int i;
  int less;
  int more;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    n = 1;
    x[0] = xval;
    indx[0] = 1;
    return;
  }

  i4vec_index_search ( n, x, indx, xval, less, equal, more );

  x[n] = xval;
  for ( i = n; more <= i; i-- )
  {
    indx[i] = indx[i-1];
  }
  indx[more-1] = n + 1;
  n = n + 1;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_insert_unique ( int &n, int x[], int indx[], int xval )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_INSERT_UNIQUE inserts a unique I4 in an indexed sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N, the size of the current list.
//    If the input value XVAL does not already occur in X, then N is increased.
//
//    Input/output, int X[N], the list.
//    If the input value XVAL does not already occur in X, then it is added
//    to X.
//
//    Input/output, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//    If the input value XVAL does not already occur in X, then INDX is updated.
//
//    Input, int XVAL, the value which will be inserted into the X
//    vector if it is not there already.
//
{
  int equal;
  int i;
  int less;
  int more;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    n = 1;
    x[0] = xval;
    indx[0] = 1;
    return;
  }
//
//  Does XVAL already occur in X?
//
  i4vec_index_search ( n, x, indx, xval, less, equal, more );

  if ( equal == 0 )
  {
    x[n] = xval;
    for ( i = n; more <= i; i-- )
    {
      indx[i] = indx[i-1];
    }
    indx[more-1] = n + 1;
    n = n + 1;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_order ( int n, int x[], int indx[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_ORDER sorts an I4VEC using an index vector.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The index vector itself is not modified.  Therefore, the pair
//    (X,INDX) no longer represents an index sorted vector.  If this
//    relationship is to be preserved, then simply set INDX(1:N)=(1:N).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the current list.
//
//    Input/output, int X[N], the list.  On output, the list
//    has been sorted.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//
{
  int i;
  int *y;

  y = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    y[i] = x[indx[i]-1];
  }
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    x[i] = y[i];
  }
  delete [] y;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_search ( int n, int x[], int indx[], int xval, int &less,
  int &equal, int &more )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_SEARCH searches for an I4 in an indexed sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the current list.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the list.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the sort index of the list.
//
//    Input, int XVAL, the value to be sought.
//
//    Output, int &LESS, &EQUAL, &MORE, the indexes in INDX of the
//    entries of X that are just less than, equal to, and just greater
//    than XVAL.  If XVAL does not occur in X, then EQUAL is zero.
//    If XVAL is the minimum entry of X, then LESS is 0.  If XVAL
//    is the greatest entry of X, then MORE is N+1.
//
{
  int hi;
  int lo;
  int mid;
  int xhi;
  int xlo;
  int xmid;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    less = 0;
    equal = 0;
    more = 0;
    return;
  }

  lo = 1;
  hi = n;
  xlo = x[indx[lo-1]-1];
  xhi = x[indx[hi-1]-1];

  if ( xval < xlo )
  {
    less = 0;
    equal = 0;
    more = 1;
    return;
  }
  else if ( xval == xlo )
  {
    less = 0;
    equal = 1;
    more = 2;
    return;
  }

  if ( xhi < xval )
  {
    less = n;
    equal = 0;
    more = n + 1;
    return;
  }
  else if ( xval == xhi )
  {
    less = n - 1;
    equal = n;
    more = n + 1;
    return;
  }

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( lo + 1 == hi )
    {
      less = lo;
      equal = 0;
      more = hi;
      return;
    }

    mid = ( lo + hi ) / 2;
    xmid = x[indx[mid-1]-1];

    if ( xval == xmid )
    {
      equal = mid;
      less = mid - 1;
      more = mid + 1;
      return;
    }
    else if ( xval < xmid )
    {
      hi = mid;
    }
    else if ( xmid < xval )
    {
      lo = mid;
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_index_sort_unique ( int n, int x[], int &n2, int x2[], int indx2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEX_SORT_UNIQUE creates a sort index for an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the current list.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the list.
//
//    Output, int &N2, the number of unique elements in X.
//
//    Output, int X2[N2], a list of the unique elements of X.
//
//    Output, int INDX2[N2], the sort index of the list.
//
{
  int i;

  n2 = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    i4vec_index_insert_unique ( n2, x2, indx2, x[i] );
  }

  for ( i = n2; i < n; i++ )
  {
    x2[i] = -1;
  }
  for ( i = n2; i < n; i++ )
  {
    indx2[i] = -1;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_indexed_heap_d ( int n, int a[], int indx[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D creates a descending heap from an indexed I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    An indexed I4VEC is an I4VEC of data values, and an I4VEC of N indices,
//    each referencing an entry of the data vector.
//
//    The function adjusts the index vector INDX so that, for 1 <= J <= N/2,
//    we have:
//      A[INDX[2*J+1]]   <= A[INDX[J]]
//    and
//      A[INDX[2*J+2]] <= A[INDX[J]]
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 August 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms for Computers and Calculators,
//    Academic Press, 1978,
//    ISBN: 0-12-519260-6,
//    LC: QA164.N54.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the index array.
//
//    Input, int A[*], the data vector.
//
//    Input/output, int INDX[N], the index array.
//    Each entry of INDX must be a valid index for the array A.
//    On output, the indices have been reordered into a descending heap.
//
{
  int i;
  int ifree;
  int key;
  int m;
//
//  Only nodes N/2 - 1 down to 0 can be "parent" nodes.
//
  for ( i = ( n / 2 ) - 1; 0 <= i; i-- )
  {
//
//  Copy the value out of the parent node.
//  Position IFREE is now "open".
//
    key = indx[i];
    ifree = i;

    for ( ; ; )
    {
//
//  Positions 2*IFREE+1 and 2*IFREE+2 are the descendants of position
//  IFREE.  (One or both may not exist because they exceed N-1.)
//
      m = 2 * ifree + 1;
//
//  Does the first position exist?
//
      if ( n - 1 < m )
      {
        break;
      }
//
//  Does the second position exist?
//
      if ( m + 1 <= n - 1 )
      {
//
//  If both positions exist, take the larger of the two values,
//  and update M if necessary.
//
        if ( a[indx[m]] < a[indx[m+1]] )
        {
          m = m + 1;
        }
      }
//
//  If the large descendant is larger than KEY, move it up,
//  and update IFREE, the location of the free position, and
//  consider the descendants of THIS position.
//
      if ( a[indx[m]] <= a[key] )
      {
        break;
      }

      indx[ifree] = indx[m];
      ifree = m;
    }
//
//  Once there is no more shifting to do, KEY moves into the free spot IFREE.
//
    indx[ifree] = key;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_indexed_heap_d_extract ( int &n, int a[], int indx[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D_EXTRACT: extract from heap descending indexed I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    An indexed I4VEC is an I4VEC of data values, and an I4VEC of N indices,
//    each referencing an entry of the data vector.
//
//    The routine finds the maximum value in the heap, returns that value to the
//    user, deletes that value from the heap, and restores the heap to its
//    proper form.
//
//    Note that the argument N must be a variable, which will be decremented
//    before return, and that INDX will hold one less value on output than it
//    held on input.
//
//    This is one of three functions needed to model a priority queue.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 August 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
//    Introduction to Algorithms,
//    MIT Press, 2001,
//    ISBN: 0262032937,
//    LC: QA76.C662.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N, the number of items in the index vector.
//
//    Input, int A[*], the data vector.
//
//    Input/output, int INDX[N], the index vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D_EXTRACT, the index in A of the item of
//    maximum value, which has now been removed from the heap.
//
{
  int indx_extract;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D_EXTRACT - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The heap is empty.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Get the index of the maximum value.
//
  indx_extract = indx[0];

  if ( n == 1 )
  {
    n = 0;
    return indx_extract;
  }
//
//  Shift the last index down.
//
  indx[0] = indx[n-1];
//
//  Restore the heap structure.
//
  n = n - 1;
  i4vec_indexed_heap_d ( n, a, indx );

  return indx_extract;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_indexed_heap_d_insert ( int &n, int a[], int indx[],
  int indx_insert )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D_INSERT: insert value into heap descending indexed I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    An indexed I4VEC is an I4VEC of data values, and an I4VEC of N indices,
//    each referencing an entry of the data vector.
//
//    Note that the argument N must be a variable, and will be incremented before
//    return, and that INDX must be able to hold one more entry on output than
//    it held on input.
//
//    This is one of three functions needed to model a priority queue.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 August 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
//    Introduction to Algorithms,
//    MIT Press, 2001,
//    ISBN: 0262032937,
//    LC: QA76.C662.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input/output, int &N, the number of items in the index vector.
//
//    Input, int A[*], the data vector.
//
//    Input/output, int INDX[N], the index vector.
//
//    Input, int INDX_INSERT, the index in A of the value
//    to be inserted into the heap.
//
{
  int i;
  int parent;

  n = n + 1;
  i = n - 1;

  while ( 0 < i )
  {
    parent = ( i - 1 ) / 2;

    if ( a[indx_insert] <= a[indx[parent]] )
    {
      break;
    }

    indx[i] = indx[parent];
    i = parent;
  }

  indx[i] = indx_insert;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_indexed_heap_d_max ( int n, int a[], int indx[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D_MAX: maximum value in heap descending indexed I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    An indexed I4VEC is an I4VEC of data values, and an I4VEC of N indices,
//    each referencing an entry of the data vector.
//
//    This is one of three functions needed to model a priority queue.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 August 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Thomas Cormen, Charles Leiserson, Ronald Rivest,
//    Introduction to Algorithms,
//    MIT Press, 2001,
//    ISBN: 0262032937,
//    LC: QA76.C662.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items in the index vector.
//
//    Input, int A[*], the data vector.
//
//    Input, int INDX[N], the index vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_INDEXED_HEAP_D_MAX, the index in A of the maximum value
//    in the heap.
//
{
  int indx_max;

  indx_max = indx[0];

  return indx_max;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_indicator0 ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDICATOR0 sets an I4VEC to the indicator vector (0,1,2,...).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Output, int A[N], the array.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = i;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_indicator0_new ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDICATOR0_NEW sets an I4VEC to the indicator vector (0,1,2,...).
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_INDICATOR0_NEW[N], the array.
//
{
  int *a;
  int i;

  a = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = i;
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_indicator1 ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDICATOR1 sets an I4VEC to the indicator vector (1,2,3,...).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Output, int A[N], the array.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = i + 1;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_indicator1_new ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INDICATOR1_NEW sets an I4VEC to the indicator vector (1,2,3,...).
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 September 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_INDICATOR1_NEW[N], the array.
//
{
  int *a;
  int i;

  a = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = i + 1;
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_insert ( int n, int a[], int pos, int value )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_INSERT inserts a value into an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the dimension of the array on input.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N+1], the array.  On input, A is assumed
//    to contain N entries.  On output, A actually contains N+1 entries.
//
//    Input, int POS, the position to be assigned the new entry.
//    1 <= POS <= N+1.
//
//    Input, int VALUE, the value to be inserted at the given position.
//
{
  int i;

  if ( pos < 1 || n+1 < pos )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_INSERT - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Illegal insertion position = " << pos << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else
  {
    for ( i = n+1; pos+1 <= i; i-- )
    {
      a[i-1] = a[i-2];
    }
    a[pos-1] = value;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_lcm ( int n, int v[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_LCM returns the least common multiple of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The value LCM returned has the property that it is the smallest integer
//    which is evenly divisible by every element of V.
//
//    The entries in V may be negative.
//
//    If any entry of V is 0, then LCM is 0.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    02 July 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the order of V.
//
//    Input, int V[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_LCM, the least common multiple of V.
//
{
  int i;
  int lcm;

  lcm = 1;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( v[i] == 0 )
    {
      lcm = 0;
      break;
    }
    lcm = i4_lcm ( lcm, v[i] );
  }
  return lcm;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_max ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MAX returns the value of the maximum element in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 May 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be checked.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_MAX, the value of the maximum element.  This
//    is set to 0 if N <= 0.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return 0;
  }

  value = a[0];

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( value < a[i] )
    {
      value = a[i];
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_max_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MAX_INDEX returns the index of the maximum value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_MAX_INDEX, the index of the largest entry.
//
{
  int i;
  int max_index;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    max_index = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    max_index = 0;

    for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
    {
      if ( a[max_index] < a[i] )
      {
        max_index = i;
      }
    }
  }

  return max_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_max_index_last ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MAX_INDEX_LAST: index of the last maximum value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_MAX_INDEX_LAST, the index of the last largest entry.
//
{
  int i;
  int max_index_last;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    max_index_last = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    max_index_last = 0;

    for ( i = n-1; 0 <= i; i-- )
    {
      if ( a[max_index_last] < a[i] )
      {
        max_index_last = i;
      }
    }
  }

  return max_index_last;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double i4vec_mean ( int n, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MEAN returns the mean of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the vector whose mean is desired.
//
//    Output, double I4VEC_MEAN, the mean, or average, of the vector entries.
//
{
  int i;
  double mean;

  mean = 0.0;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    mean = mean + ( double ) x[i];
  }

  mean = mean / ( double ) n;

  return mean;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_median ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MEDIAN returns the median of an unsorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Hoare's algorithm is used.  The values of the vector are
//    rearranged by this routine.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the array to search.  On output,
//    the order of the elements of A has been somewhat changed.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_MEDIAN, the value of the median of A.
//
{
  int k;
  int median;

  k = ( n + 1 ) / 2;

  median = i4vec_frac ( n, a, k );

  return median;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_merge_a ( int na, int a[], int nb, int b[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MERGE_A merges two ascending sorted I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The elements of A and B should be sorted in ascending order.
//
//    The elements in the output array C will also be in ascending order,
//    and unique.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int NA, the dimension of A.
//
//    Input, int A[NA], the first sorted array.
//
//    Input, int NB, the dimension of B.
//
//    Input, int B[NB], the second sorted array.
//
//    Output, int C[NA+NB], the merged unique sorted array.
//
{
  int *c;
  int j;
  int ja;
  int jb;
  int nc;
  int order;

  ja = 0;
  jb = 0;
  nc = 0;

  order = i4vec_order_type ( na, a );

  if ( order < 0 || 2 < order )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_MERGE_A - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The input array A is not ascending sorted.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  order = i4vec_order_type ( nb, b );

  if ( order < 0 || 2 < order )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_MERGE_A - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The input array B is not ascending sorted.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  c = new int[na+nb];

  for ( ; ; )
  {
//
//  If we've used up all the entries of A, stick the rest of B on the end.
//
    if ( na <= ja )
    {
      for ( j = 1; j <= nb - jb; j++ )
      {
        if ( nc == 0 || c[nc] < b[jb] )
        {
          c[nc] = b[jb];
          nc = nc + 1;
        }
        jb = jb + 1;
      }
      break;
    }
//
//  If we've used up all the entries of B, stick the rest of A on the end.
//
    else if ( nb <= jb )
    {
     for ( j = 1; j <= na - ja; j++ )
     {
        if ( nc == 0 || c[nc] < a[ja] )
        {
          c[nc] = a[ja];
          nc = nc + 1;
        }
        ja = ja + 1;
      }
      break;
    }
//
//  Otherwise, if the next entry of A is smaller, that's our candidate.
//
    else if ( a[ja] <= b[jb] )
    {
      if ( nc == 0 || c[nc] < a[ja] )
      {
        c[nc] = a[ja];
        nc = nc + 1;
      }
      ja = ja + 1;
    }
//
//  ...or if the next entry of B is the smaller, consider that.
//
    else
    {
      if ( nc == 0 || c[nc] < b[jb] )
      {
        c[nc] = b[jb];
        nc = nc + 1;
      }
      jb = jb + 1;
    }
  }
  return c;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_min ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MIN returns the value of the minimum element in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 May 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be checked.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_MIN, the value of the minimum element.  This
//    is set to 0 if N <= 0.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return 0;
  }

  value = a[0];

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] < value )
    {
      value = a[i];
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_min_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MIN_INDEX returns the index of the minimum value in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_MIN_INDEX, the index of the smallest entry.
//
{
  int i;
  int min_index;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    min_index = -1;
  }
  else
  {
    min_index = 0;

    for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
    {
      if ( a[i] < a[min_index] )
      {
        min_index = i;
      }
    }
  }

  return min_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_min_mv ( int m, int n, int u[], int v[], int w[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_MIN_MV determines U(1:N) /\ V for vectors U and a single vector V.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    For two vectors U and V, each of length M, we define
//
//      ( U /\ V ) (I) = min ( U(I), V(I) ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 January 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int M, the dimension of the vectors.
//
//    Input, int N, the number of vectors in U.
//
//    Input, int U[M*N], N vectors, each of length M.
//
//    Input, int V[M], a vector of length M.
//
//    Output, int W[M*N], the value of U /\ W.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( j = 0; j < n; j++ )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < m; i++ )
    {
      w[i+j*m] = i4_min ( u[i+j*m], v[i] );
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_negone ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_NEGONE sets an I4VEC to -1.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 October 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Output, int A[N], a vector of -1's.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = -1;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_negone_new ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_NEGONE_NEW creates an I4VEC and sets it to -1.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 October 2011
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_NEGONE_NEW[N], a vector of -1's.
//
{
  int *a;
  int i;

  a = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = -1;
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_nonzero_count ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_NONZERO_COUNT counts the nonzero entries in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the input array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], an array.
//
//    Output, int NONZERO_COUNT, the number of nonzero entries.
//
{
  int i;
  int nonzero_count;

  nonzero_count = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] != 0 )
    {
      nonzero_count = nonzero_count + 1;
    }
  }

  return nonzero_count;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_nonzero_first ( int n, int x[], int &nz, int indx[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_NONZERO_FIRST left-shifts all nonzeros in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The routine preserves the ordering of the nonzero entries.  It counts
//    the nonzeros, and returns an index vector.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 April 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input/output, int X[N], the vector to be shifted.
//
//    Output, int &NZ, the number of nonzero entries in the vector.
//
//    Output, int INDX[N], contains the original location of each entry.
//
{
  int j;
  int k;

  nz = 0;

  for ( j = 1; j <= n; j++ )
  {
    indx[j-1] = j;
  }

  j = 0;

  while ( j < n )
  {
    j = j + 1;

    if ( x[j-1] != 0 )
    {
      nz = nz + 1;

      if ( nz != j )
      {
        x[nz-1] = x[j-1];
        x[j-1] = 0;

        k = indx[nz-1];
        indx[nz-1] = j;
        indx[j-1] = k;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_norm_l0 ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_NORM_L0 returns the l0 "norm" of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The l0 "norm" simply counts the number of nonzero entries in the vector.
//    It is not a true norm, but has some similarities to one.  It is useful
//    in the study of compressive sensing.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 June 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_NORM_L0, the value of the norm.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  value = 0;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] != 0 )
    {
      value = value + 1;
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_odd_all ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ODD_ALL is TRUE if all entries of an I4VEC are odd.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 April 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ODD_ALL, TRUE if all entries are odd.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  value = true;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( ( a[i] % 2 ) == 0 )
    {
      value = false;
      return value;
    }
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_odd_any ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ODD_ANY is TRUE if any entry of an I4VEC is odd.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 April 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_ODD_ANY, TRUE if any entry is odd.
//
{
  int i;
  bool value;

  value = false;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( ( a[i] % 2 ) == 1 )
    {
      value = true;
      return value;
    }
  }
  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_one_new ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ONE_NEW creates an I4VEC and sets it to 1.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 October 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_ONE_NEW[N], a vector of 1's.
//
{
  int *a;
  int i;

  a = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = 1;
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_order_type ( int n, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ORDER_TYPE: is an I4VEC is (non)strictly ascending/descending?
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries of the array.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the array to be checked.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_ORDER_TYPE, order indicator:
//    -1, no discernable order;
//    0, all entries are equal;
//    1, ascending order;
//    2, strictly ascending order;
//    3, descending order;
//    4, strictly descending order.
//
{
  int i;
  int order;
//
//  Search for the first value not equal to X(0).
//
  i = 0;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    i = i + 1;
    if ( n-1 < i )
    {
      order = 0;
      return order;
    }

    if ( x[0] < x[i] )
    {
      if ( i == 1 )
      {
        order = 2;
        break;
      }
      else
      {
        order = 1;
        break;
      }
    }
    else if ( x[i] < x[0] )
    {
      if ( i == 1 )
      {
        order = 4;
        break;
      }
      else
      {
        order = 3;
        break;
      }
    }
  }
//
//  Now we have a "direction".  Examine subsequent entries.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    i = i + 1;
    if ( n - 1 < i )
    {
      break;
    }

    if ( order == 1 )
    {
      if ( x[i] < x[i-1] )
      {
        order = -1;
        break;
      }
    }
    else if ( order == 2 )
    {
      if ( x[i] < x[i-1] )
      {
        order = -1;
        break;
      }
      else if ( x[i] == x[i-1] )
      {
        order = 1;
      }
    }
    else if ( order == 3 )
    {
      if ( x[i-1] < x[i] )
      {
        order = -1;
        break;
      }
    }
    else if ( order == 4 )
    {
      if ( x[i-1] < x[i] )
      {
        order = -1;
        break;
      }
      else if ( x[i] == x[i-1] )
      {
        order = 3;
      }
    }
  }
  return order;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool i4vec_pairwise_prime ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PAIRWISE_PRIME checks whether an I4VEC is pairwise prime.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Two positive integers I and J are pairwise prime if they have no common
//    factor greater than 1.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    20 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of values to check.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector of integers.
//
//    Output, bool I4VEC_PAIRWISE_PRIME, is TRUE if the vector of integers
//    is pairwise prime.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int pairwise_prime;

  pairwise_prime = false;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = i+1; j < n; j++ )
    {
      if ( i4_gcd ( a[i], a[j] ) != 1 )
      {
        return pairwise_prime;
      }
    }
  }

  pairwise_prime = true;

  return pairwise_prime;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_part ( int n, int nval, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PART partitions an integer into nearly equal parts.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 5, NVAL = 17
//
//    Output:
//
//      X = ( 4, 4, 3, 3, 3 ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int NVAL, the integer to be partitioned.
//    NVAL may be positive, zero, or negative.
//
//    Output, int X[N], the partition of NVAL.  The entries of
//    X add up to NVAL.  The entries of X are either all equal, or
//    differ by at most 1.  The entries of X all have the same sign
//    as NVAL, and the "largest" entries occur first.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    x[i] = 0;
  }

  if ( 0 < nval )
  {
    j = 0;
    for ( i = 0; i < nval; i++ )
    {
      x[j] = x[j] + 1;
      j = j + 1;
      if ( n <= j )
      {
        j = 0;
      }
    }

  }
  else if ( nval < 0 )
  {
    j = 0;
    for ( i = nval; i < 0; i++ )
    {
      x[j] = x[j] - 1;
      j = j + 1;
      if ( n <= j )
      {
        j = 0;
      }
    }

  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_part_quick_a ( int n, int a[], int &l, int &r )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PART_QUICK_A reorders an I4VEC as part of a quick sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    I4VEC_PART_QUICK_A reorders the entries of A.  Using A[0] as a
//    key, all entries of A that are less than or equal to A[0] will
//    precede A[0] which precedes all entries that are greater than A[0].
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 8
//
//      A = ( 6, 7, 3, 1, 6, 8, 2, 9 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      L = 3, R = 6
//
//      A = ( 3, 1, 2, 6, 6, 8, 9, 7 )
//            -------        -------
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].  On input, the array to be checked.
//    On output, A has been reordered as described above.
//
//    Output, int L, R, the indices of A that define the three segments.
//    Let KEY = the input value of A[0].  Then
//    I <= L             A(I) < KEY;
//     L < I < R         A(I) = KEY;
//             R <= I    A(I) > KEY.
//
{
  int i;
  int key;
  int m;
  int temp;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_PART_QUICK_A - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  N < 1.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( n == 1 )
  {
    l = 0;
    r = 2;
    return;
  }

  key = a[0];
  m = 1;
//
//  The elements of unknown size have indices between L+1 and R-1.
//
  l = 1;
  r = n + 1;

  for ( i = 2; i <= n; i++ )
  {

    if ( key < a[l] )
    {
      r = r - 1;
      temp = a[r-1];
      a[r-1] = a[l];
      a[l] = temp;
    }
    else if ( a[l] == key )
    {
      m = m + 1;
      temp = a[m-1];
      a[m-1] = a[l];
      a[l] = temp;
      l = l + 1;
    }
    else if ( a[l] < key )
    {
      l = l + 1;
    }

  }
//
//  Now shift small elements to the left, and KEY elements to center.
//
  for ( i = 1; i <= l -m; i++ )
  {
    a[i-1] = a[i+m-1];
  }

  l = l - m;

  for ( i = l + 1; i <= l + m; i++ )
  {
    a[i-1] = key;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_permute ( int n, int p[], int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PERMUTE permutes an I4VEC in place.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    This routine permutes an array of integer "objects", but the same
//    logic can be used to permute an array of objects of any arithmetic
//    type, or an array of objects of any complexity.  The only temporary
//    storage required is enough to store a single object.  The number
//    of data movements made is N + the number of cycles of order 2 or more,
//    which is never more than N + N/2.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 5
//      P = (   1,   3,   4,   0,   2 )
//      A = (   1,   2,   3,   4,   5 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      A    = (   2,   4,   5,   1,   3 ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    30 October 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects.
//
//    Input, int P[N], the permutation.  P(I) = J means
//    that the I-th element of the output array should be the J-th
//    element of the input array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the array to be permuted.
//
{
  int a_temp;
  int i;
  int iget;
  int iput;
  int istart;

  if ( !perm0_check ( n, p ) )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_PERMUTE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  PERM0_CHECK rejects permutation.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  In order for the sign negation trick to work, we need to assume that the
//  entries of P are strictly positive.  Presumably, the lowest number is 0.
//  So temporarily add 1 to each entry to force positivity.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    p[i] = p[i] + 1;
  }
//
//  Search for the next element of the permutation that has not been used.
//
  for ( istart = 1; istart <= n; istart++ )
  {
    if ( p[istart-1] < 0 )
    {
      continue;
    }
    else if ( p[istart-1] == istart )
    {
      p[istart-1] = - p[istart-1];
      continue;
    }
    else
    {
      a_temp = a[istart-1];
      iget = istart;
//
//  Copy the new value into the vacated entry.
//
      for ( ; ; )
      {
        iput = iget;
        iget = p[iget-1];

        p[iput-1] = - p[iput-1];

        if ( iget < 1 || n < iget )
        {
          cerr << "\n";
          cerr << "I4VEC_PERMUTE - Fatal error!\n";
          cerr << "  Entry IPUT = " << iput << " of the permutation has\n";
          cerr << "  an illegal value IGET = " << iget << ".\n";
          exit ( 1 );
        }

        if ( iget == istart )
        {
          a[iput-1] = a_temp;
          break;
        }
        a[iput-1] = a[iget-1];
      }
    }
  }
//
//  Restore the signs of the entries.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    p[i] = - p[i];
  }
//
//  Restore the entries.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    p[i] = p[i] - 1;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_permute_uniform ( int n, int a[], int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PERMUTE_UNIFORM randomly permutes an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the array to be permuted.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, a seed for the random number generator.
//
{
  int *p;

  p = perm0_uniform_new ( n, seed );

  i4vec_permute ( n, p, a );

  delete [] p;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_print ( int n, int a[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PRINT prints an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 November 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of components of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";
  cout << "\n";
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    cout << "  " << setw(8) << i
         << ": " << setw(8) << a[i]  << "\n";
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_print_part ( int n, int a[], int max_print, string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PRINT_PART prints "part" of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The user specifies MAX_PRINT, the maximum number of lines to print.
//
//    If N, the size of the vector, is no more than MAX_PRINT, then
//    the entire vector is printed, one entry per line.
//
//    Otherwise, if possible, the first MAX_PRINT-2 entries are printed,
//    followed by a line of periods suggesting an omission,
//    and the last entry.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    27 October 2010
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be printed.
//
//    Input, int MAX_PRINT, the maximum number of lines
//    to print.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;

  if ( max_print <= 0 )
  {
    return;
  }

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return;
  }

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";
  cout << "\n";

  if ( n <= max_print )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
    {
      cout << "  " << setw(8) << i
           << "  " << setw(8) << a[i] << "\n";
    }
  }
  else if ( 3 <= max_print )
  {
    for ( i = 0; i < max_print - 2; i++ )
    {
      cout << "  " << setw(8) << i
           << ": " << setw(8) << a[i] << "\n";
    }
    cout << "  ........  ........\n";
    i = n - 1;
    cout << "  " << setw(8) << i
         << ": " << setw(8) << a[i] << "\n";
  }
  else
  {
    for ( i= 0; i < max_print - 1; i++ )
    {
      cout << "  " << setw(8) << i
           << ": " << setw(8) << a[i] << "\n";
    }
    i = max_print - 1;
    cout << "  " << setw(8) << i
         << ": " << setw(8) << a[i]
         << "  " << "...more entries...\n";
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_print_some ( int n, int a[], int i_lo, int i_hi, string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PRINT_SOME prints "some" of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4 values.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    10 September 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be printed.
//
//    Input, int I_LO, I_HI, the first and last indices to print.
//    The routine expects 1 <= I_LO <= I_HI <= N.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";
  cout << "\n";
  for ( i = i4_max ( 1, i_lo ); i <= i4_min ( n, i_hi ); i++ )
  {
    cout << "  " << setw(8)  << i
         << ": " << setw(12) << a[i-1] << "\n";
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_product ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_PRODUCT multiplies the entries of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      A = ( 1, 2, 3, 4 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      I4VEC_PRODUCT = 24
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    17 May 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_PRODUCT, the product of the entries of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int value;

  value = 1;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    value = value * a[i];
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_red ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_RED divides out common factors in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    25 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the vector to be reduced.
//    On output, the entries have no common factor
//    greater than 1.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_RED, the common factor that was divided out.
//
{
  int factor;
  int i;
//
//  Find the smallest nonzero value.
//
  factor = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] != 0 )
    {
      if ( factor == 0 )
      {
        factor = abs ( a[i] );
      }
      else if ( abs ( a[i] ) < factor )
      {
        factor = abs ( a[i] );
      }
    }
  }

  if ( factor == 0 )
  {
    return factor;
  }
//
//  Find the greatest common factor of the entire vector.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    factor = i4_gcd ( a[i], factor );
  }

  if ( factor == 1 )
  {
    return factor;
  }
//
//  Divide out the common factor.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = a[i] / factor;
  }

  return factor;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_reverse ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_REVERSE reverses the elements of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 5,
//      A = ( 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 ).
//
//    Output:
//
//      A = ( 15, 14, 13, 12, 11 ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the array to be reversed.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( i = 0; i < n / 2; i++ )
  {
    j        = a[i];
    a[i]     = a[n-1-i];
    a[n-1-i] = j;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_rotate ( int n, int m, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ROTATE rotates an I4VEC in place.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 5, M = 2
//      X    = ( 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      X    = ( 4, 5, 1, 2, 3 ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects.
//
//    Input, int M, the number of positions to the right that
//    each element should be moved.  Elements that shift pass position
//    N "wrap around" to the beginning of the array.
//
//    Input/output, int X[N], the array to be rotated.
//
{
  int iget;
  int iput;
  int istart;
  int mcopy;
  int nset;
  int temp;
//
//  Force M to be positive, between 0 and N-1.
//
  mcopy = i4_modp ( m, n );

  if ( mcopy == 0 )
  {
    return;
  }

  istart = 0;
  nset = 0;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( n <= istart )
    {
      return;
    }

    temp = x[istart];
    iget = istart;
//
//  Copy the new value into the vacated entry.
//
    for ( ; ; )
    {
      iput = iget;

      iget = iget - mcopy;

      if ( iget < 0 )
      {
        iget = iget + n;
      }

      if ( iget == istart )
      {
        break;
      }

      x[iput] = x[iget];
      nset = nset + 1;

    }

    x[iput] = temp;
    nset = nset + 1;

    if ( n <= nset )
    {
      break;
    }

    istart = istart + 1;

  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_run_count ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_RUN_COUNT counts runs of equal values in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    A run is a sequence of equal values.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 January 2007
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be examined.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_RUN_COUNT, the number of runs.
//
{
  int i;
  int run_count;
  int test;

  run_count = 0;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    return run_count;
  }

  test = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( i == 0 || a[i] != test )
    {
      run_count = run_count + 1;
      test = a[i];
    }
  }

  return run_count;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_search_binary_a ( int n, int a[], int b )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SEARCH_BINARY_A searches an ascending sorted I4VEC for a value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Binary search is used.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Donald Kreher, Douglas Simpson,
//    Algorithm 1.9,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    CRC Press, 1998, page 26.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be searched.  A must
//    be sorted in ascending order.
//
//    Input, int B, the value to be searched for.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SEARCH_BINARY_A, the result of the search.
//    -1, B does not occur in A.
//    I, A[I] = B.
//
{
  int high;
  int index;
  int low;
  int mid;
//
//  Check.
//
  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_SEARCH_BINARY_A - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The array dimension N is less than 1.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  index = -1;

  low = 1;
  high = n;

  while ( low <= high )
  {
    mid = ( low + high ) / 2;

    if ( a[mid-1] == b )
    {
      index = mid;
      break;
    }
    else if ( a[mid-1] < b )
    {
      low = mid + 1;
    }
    else if ( b < a[mid-1] )
    {
      high = mid - 1;
    }
  }
  return index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_search_binary_d ( int n, int a[], int b )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SEARCH_BINARY_D searches a descending sorted I4VEC for a value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Binary search is used.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Donald Kreher, Douglas Simpson,
//    Algorithm 1.9,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    CRC Press, 1998, page 26.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be searched.  A must
//    be sorted in descending order.
//
//    Input, int B, the value to be searched for.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SEARCH_BINARY_D, the result of the search.
//    -1, B does not occur in A.
//    I, A[I] = B.
//
{
  int high;
  int index;
  int low;
  int mid;
//
//  Check.
//
  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_SEARCH_BINARY_D - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  The array dimension N is less than 1.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  index = -1;

  low = 1;
  high = n;

  while ( low <= high )
  {
    mid = ( low + high ) / 2;

    if ( a[mid-1] == b )
    {
      index = mid;
      break;
    }
    else if ( b < a[mid-1] )
    {
      low = mid + 1;
    }
    else if ( a[mid-1] < b )
    {
      high = mid - 1;
    }
  }
  return index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_bubble_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_BUBBLE_A ascending sorts an I4VEC using bubble sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, length of input array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, an unsorted array of ints.
//    On output, A has been sorted.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int temp;

  for ( i = 0; i < n-1; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = i+1; j < n; j++ )
    {
      if ( a[j] < a[i] )
      {
        temp = a[i];
        a[i] = a[j];
        a[j] = temp;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_bubble_d ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_BUBBLE_D descending sorts an I4VEC using bubble sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    28 August 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, length of input array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, an unsorted array of ints.
//    On output, A has been sorted.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int temp;

  for ( i = 0; i < n-1; i++ )
  {
    for ( j = i+1; j < n; j++ )
    {
      if ( a[i] < a[j] )
      {
        temp = a[i];
        a[i] = a[j];
        a[j] = temp;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_heap_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_HEAP_A ascending sorts an I4VEC using heap sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    30 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, the array to be sorted;
//    On output, the array has been sorted.
//
{
  int n1;
  int temp;

  if ( n <= 1 )
  {
    return;
  }
//
//  1: Put A into descending heap form.
//
  i4vec_heap_d ( n, a );
//
//  2: Sort A.
//
//  The largest object in the heap is in A[0].
//  Move it to position A[N-1].
//
  temp = a[0];
  a[0] = a[n-1];
  a[n-1] = temp;
//
//  Consider the diminished heap of size N1.
//
  for ( n1 = n-1; 2 <= n1; n1-- )
  {
//
//  Restore the heap structure of the initial N1 entries of A.
//
    i4vec_heap_d ( n1, a );
//
//  Take the largest object from A[0] and move it to A[N1-1].
//
    temp = a[0];
    a[0] = a[n1-1];
    a[n1-1] = temp;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_heap_d ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_HEAP_D descending sorts an I4VEC using heap sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, the array to be sorted;
//    On output, the array has been sorted.
//
{
  int n1;
  int temp;

  if ( n <= 1 )
  {
    return;
  }
//
//  1: Put A into ascending heap form.
//
  i4vec_heap_a ( n, a );
//
//  2: Sort A.
//
//  The smallest object in the heap is in A[0].
//  Move it to position A[N-1].
//
  temp = a[0];
  a[0] = a[n-1];
  a[n-1] = temp;
//
//  Consider the diminished heap of size N1.
//
  for ( n1 = n-1; 2 <= n1; n1-- )
  {
//
//  Restore the heap structure of the initial N1 entries of A.
//
    i4vec_heap_a ( n1, a );
//
//  Take the smallest object from A[0] and move it to A[N1-1].
//
    temp = a[0];
    a[0] = a[n1-1];
    a[n1-1] = temp;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_sort_heap_index_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_HEAP_INDEX_A does an indexed heap ascending sort of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The sorting is not actually carried out.  Rather an index array is
//    created which defines the sorting.  This array may be used to sort
//    or index the array, or to sort or index related arrays keyed on the
//    original array.
//
//    Once the index array is computed, the sorting can be carried out
//    "implicitly:
//
//      a(indx(*))
//
//    or explicitly, by the call
//
//      i4vec_permute ( n, indx, a )
//
//    after which a(*) is sorted.
//
//    Note that the index vector is 0-based.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    03 June 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], an array to be index-sorted.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SORT_HEAP_INDEX_A[N], contains the sort index.  The
//    I-th element of the sorted array is A(INDX(I)).
//
{
  int aval;
  int i;
  int *indx;
  int indxt;
  int ir;
  int j;
  int l;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    return NULL;
  }

  indx = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    indx[i] = i;
  }

  if ( n == 1 )
  {
    return indx;
  }

  l = n / 2 + 1;
  ir = n;

  for ( ; ; )
  {

    if ( 1 < l )
    {
      l = l - 1;
      indxt = indx[l-1];
      aval = a[indxt];
    }
    else
    {
      indxt = indx[ir-1];
      aval = a[indxt];
      indx[ir-1] = indx[0];
      ir = ir - 1;

      if ( ir == 1 )
      {
        indx[0] = indxt;
        break;
      }
    }

    i = l;
    j = l + l;

    while ( j <= ir )
    {
      if ( j < ir )
      {
        if ( a[indx[j-1]] < a[indx[j]] )
        {
          j = j + 1;
        }
      }

      if ( aval < a[indx[j-1]] )
      {
        indx[i-1] = indx[j-1];
        i = j;
        j = j + j;
      }
      else
      {
        j = ir + 1;
      }
    }
    indx[i-1] = indxt;
  }

  return indx;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_sort_heap_index_d ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_HEAP_INDEX_D does an indexed heap descending sort of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The sorting is not actually carried out.  Rather an index array is
//    created which defines the sorting.  This array may be used to sort
//    or index the array, or to sort or index related arrays keyed on the
//    original array.
//
//    Once the index array is computed, the sorting can be carried out
//    "implicitly:
//
//      a(indx(*))
//
//    or explicitly, by the call
//
//      i4vec_permute ( n, indx, 0, a )
//
//    after which a(*) is sorted.
//
//    Note that the index vector is 0-based.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    30 October 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input, int A[N], an array to be index-sorted.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SORT_HEAP_INDEX_D[N], contains the sort index.  The
//    I-th element of the sorted array is A(INDX(I)).
//
{
  int aval;
  int i;
  int *indx;
  int indxt;
  int ir;
  int j;
  int l;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    return NULL;
  }

  indx = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    indx[i] = i;
  }

  if ( n == 1 )
  {
    return indx;
  }

  l = n / 2 + 1;
  ir = n;

  for ( ; ; )
  {
    if ( 1 < l )
    {
      l = l - 1;
      indxt = indx[l-1];
      aval = a[indxt];
    }
    else
    {
      indxt = indx[ir-1];
      aval = a[indxt];
      indx[ir-1] = indx[0];
      ir = ir - 1;

      if ( ir == 1 )
      {
        indx[0] = indxt;
        break;
      }
    }

    i = l;
    j = l + l;

    while ( j <= ir )
    {
      if ( j < ir )
      {
        if ( a[indx[j]] < a[indx[j-1]] )
        {
          j = j + 1;
        }
      }

      if ( a[indx[j-1]] < aval )
      {
        indx[i-1] = indx[j-1];
        i = j;
        j = j + j;
      }
      else
      {
        j = ir + 1;
      }
    }

    indx[i-1] = indxt;
  }
  return indx;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_insert_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_INSERT_A uses an ascending insertion sort on an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Donald Kreher, Douglas Simpson,
//    Algorithm 1.1,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    CRC Press, 1998, page 11.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items in the vector.
//    N must be positive.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, A contains data to be sorted.
//    On output, the entries of A have been sorted in ascending order.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int x;

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    x = a[i];

    j = i;

    while ( 1 <= j && x < a[j-1] )
    {
      a[j] = a[j-1];
      j = j - 1;
    }

    a[j] = x;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_insert_d ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_INSERT_D uses a descending insertion sort on an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    13 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Donald Kreher, Douglas Simpson,
//    Algorithm 1.1,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    CRC Press, 1998, page 11.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items in the vector.
//    N must be positive.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, A contains data to be sorted.
//    On output, the entries of A have been sorted in ascending order.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int x;

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    x = a[i];
    j = i;

    while ( 1 <= j && a[j-1] < x )
    {
      a[j] = a[j-1];
      j = j - 1;
    }
    a[j] = x;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_quick_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_QUICK_A ascending sorts an I4VEC using quick sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 7
//
//      A = ( 6, 7, 3, 2, 9, 1, 8 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      A = ( 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9 )
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].  On input, the array to be sorted.
//    On output, A has been reordered into ascending order.
//
{
# define LEVEL_MAX 30

  int base;
  int l_segment;
  int level;
  int n_segment;
  int rsave[LEVEL_MAX];
  int r_segment;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_SORT_QUICK_A - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  N < 1.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( n == 1 )
  {
    return;
  }

  level = 1;
  rsave[0] = n + 1;
  base = 1;
  n_segment = n;

  while ( 0 < n_segment )
  {
//
//  Partition the segment.
//
    i4vec_part_quick_a ( n_segment, a+base-1, l_segment, r_segment );
//
//  If the left segment has more than one element, we need to partition it.
//
    if ( 1 < l_segment )
    {
      if ( LEVEL_MAX < level )
      {
        cerr << "\n";
        cerr << "I4VEC_SORT_QUICK_A - Fatal error!\n";
        cerr << "  Exceeding recursion maximum of " << LEVEL_MAX << "\n";
        exit ( 1 );
      }

      level = level + 1;
      n_segment = l_segment;
      rsave[level-1] = r_segment + base - 1;
    }
//
//  The left segment and the middle segment are sorted.
//  Must the right segment be partitioned?
//
    else if ( r_segment < n_segment )
    {
      n_segment = n_segment + 1 - r_segment;
      base = base + r_segment - 1;
    }
//
//  Otherwise, we back up a level if there is an earlier one.
//
    else
    {
      for ( ; ; )
      {
        if ( 1 < level )
        {
          base = rsave[level-1];
          n_segment = rsave[level-2] - rsave[level-1];
          level = level - 1;
          if ( 0 < n_segment )
          {
            break;
          }
        }
        else
        {
          n_segment = 0;
          break;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  return;
# undef LEVEL_MAX
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sort_shell_a ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORT_SHELL_A ascending sorts an I4VEC using Shell's sort.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    03 July 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the array.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].
//    On input, an array to be sorted.
//    On output, the sorted array.
//
{
  int asave;
  int base;
  int i;
  int ifree;
  int inc;
  int ipow;
  int j;
  int k;
  int maxpow;

  if ( n <= 1 )
  {
    return;
  }
//
//  Determine the smallest MAXPOW so that
//    N <= ( 3^MAXPOW - 1 ) / 2
//
  maxpow = 1;
  base = 3;

  while ( base < 2 * n + 1 )
  {
    maxpow = maxpow + 1;
    base = base * 3;
  }

  if ( 1 < maxpow )
  {
    maxpow = maxpow - 1;
    base = base / 3;
  }
//
//  Now sort groups of size ( 3**IPOW - 1 ) / 2.
//
  for ( ipow = maxpow; 1 <= ipow; ipow = ipow - 1 )
  {
    inc = ( base - 1 ) / 2;
    base = base / 3;
//
//  Sort the values with indices equal to K mod INC.
//
    for ( k = 1; k <= inc; k++ )
    {
//
//  Insertion sort of the items with index
//  INC+K, 2*INC+K, 3*INC+K, ...
//
      for ( i = inc + k; i <= n; i = i + inc )
      {
        asave = a[i-1];
        ifree = i;
        j = i - inc;

        for ( ; ; )
        {
          if ( j < 1 )
          {
            break;
          }

          if ( a[j-1] <= asave )
          {
            break;
          }
          ifree = j;
          a[j+inc-1] = a[j-1];
          j = j - inc;
        }
        a[ifree-1] = asave;
      }
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sorted_undex ( int x_num, int x_val[], int x_unique_num, int undx[],
  int xdnu[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORTED_UNDEX returns unique sorted indexes for a sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The goal of this routine is to determine a vector UNDX,
//    which points, to the unique elements of X, in sorted order,
//    and a vector XDNU, which identifies, for each entry of X, the index of
//    the unique sorted element of X.
//
//    This is all done with index vectors, so that the elements of
//    X are never moved.
//
//    Assuming X is already sorted, we examine the entries of X in order,
//    noting the unique entries, creating the entries of XDNU and
//    UNDX as we go.
//
//    Once this process has been completed, the vector X could be
//    replaced by a compressed vector XU, containing the unique entries
//    of X in sorted order, using the formula
//
//      XU(I) = X(UNDX(I)).
//
//    We could then, if we wished, reconstruct the entire vector X, or
//    any element of it, by index, as follows:
//
//      X(I) = XU(XDNU(I)).
//
//    We could then replace X by the combination of XU and XDNU.
//
//    Later, when we need the I-th entry of X, we can locate it as
//    the XDNU(I)-th entry of XU.
//
//    Here is an example of a vector X, the sort and inverse sort
//    index vectors, and the unique sort and inverse unique sort vectors
//    and the compressed unique sorted vector.
//
//      I    X    XU  Undx  Xdnu
//    ----+----+----+-----+-----+
//      0 | 11 |  11    0     0
//      1 | 11 |  22    4     0
//      2 | 11 |  33    7     0
//      3 | 11 |  55    8     0
//      4 | 22 |              1
//      5 | 22 |              1
//      6 | 22 |              1
//      7 | 33 |              2
//      8 | 55 |              3
//
//    INDX(2) = 3 means that sorted item(2) is X(3).
//    XDNI(2) = 5 means that X(2) is sorted item(5).
//
//    UNDX(3) = 4 means that unique sorted item(3) is at X(4).
//    XDNU(8) = 2 means that X(8) is at unique sorted item(2).
//
//    XU(XDNU(I))) = X(I).
//    XU(I)        = X(UNDX(I)).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    31 October 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int X_NUM, the number of data values.
//
//    Input, int X_VAL[X_NUM], the data values.
//
//    Input, int X_UNIQUE_NUM, the number of unique values in X_VAL.
//    This value is only required for languages in which the size of
//    UNDX must be known in advance.
//
//    Output, int UNDX[X_UNIQUE_NUM], the UNDX vector.
//
//    Output, int XDNU[X_NUM], the XDNU vector.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
//
//  Walk through the sorted array.
//
  i = 0;

  j = 0;
  undx[j] = i;

  xdnu[i] = j;

  for ( i = 1; i < x_num; i++ )
  {
    if ( x_val[i] != x_val[undx[j]] )
    {
      j = j + 1;
      undx[j] = i;
    }
    xdnu[i] = j;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_sorted_unique ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORTED_UNIQUE finds the unique elements in a sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 August 2006
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements in A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N].  On input, the sorted array.  On output, the 
//    unique elements in A.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SORTED_UNIQUE, the number of unique elements in A.
//
{
  int i;
  int unique_num;

  unique_num = 0;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return unique_num;
  }

  unique_num = 1;

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] != a[unique_num-1] )
    {
      unique_num = unique_num + 1;
      a[unique_num-1] = a[i];
    }
  }

  return unique_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_sorted_unique_count ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORTED_UNIQUE_COUNT counts unique elements in a sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Because the array is sorted, this algorithm is O(N).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the sorted array to examine.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SORTED_UNIQUE_COUNT, the number of unique elements of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int unique_num;

  unique_num = 0;

  if ( n < 1 )
  {
    return unique_num;
  }

  unique_num = 1;

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i-1] != a[i] )
    {
      unique_num = unique_num + 1;
    }
  }

  return unique_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_sorted_unique_hist ( int n, int a[], int maxuniq, int &unique_num,
  int auniq[], int acount[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SORTED_UNIQUE_HIST histograms the unique elements of a sorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 April 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to examine, which must have been
//    sorted.
//
//    Input, int MAXUNIQ, the maximum number of unique elements
//    that can be handled.  If there are more than MAXUNIQ unique
//    elements in A, the excess will be ignored.
//
//    Output, int &UNIQUE_NUM, the number of unique elements of A.
//
//    Output, int AUNIQ[UNIQUE_NUM], the unique elements of A.
//
//    Output, int ACOUNT[UNIQUE_NUM], the number of times each element
//    of AUNIQ occurs in A.
//
{
  int i;
  int index;
//
//  Start taking statistics.
//
  index = -1;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( i == 0 )
    {
      index = 0;
      auniq[index] = a[0];
      acount[index] = 1;
    }
    else if ( a[i] == auniq[index] )
    {
      acount[index] = acount[index] + 1;
    }
    else if ( index + 1 < maxuniq )
    {
      index = index + 1;
      auniq[index] = a[i];
      acount[index] = 1;
    }
  }

  unique_num = index + 1;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_split ( int n, int a[], int split )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SPLIT "splits" an unsorted I4VEC based on a splitting value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    If the vector is already sorted, it is simpler to do a binary search
//    on the data than to call this routine.
//
//    The vector is not assumed to be sorted before input, and is not
//    sorted during processing.  If sorting is not needed, then it is
//    more efficient to use this routine.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input/output, int A[N], the array to split.  On output,
//    all the entries of A that are less than or equal to SPLIT
//    are in A(1:I4VEC_SPLIT).
//
//    Input, int SPLIT, the value used to split the vector.
//    It is not necessary that any value of A actually equal SPLIT.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SPLIT, indicates the position of the last
//    entry of the split vector that is less than or equal to SPLIT.
//
{
  int i;
  int i1;
  int i2;
  int i3;
  int j1;
  int j2;
  int j3;
  int temp;
//
//  Partition the vector into A1, A2, A3, where
//    A1 = A(I1:J1) holds values <= SPLIT,
//    A2 = A(I2:J2) holds untested values,
//    A3 = A(I3:J3) holds values > SPLIT.
//
  i1 = 1;
  j1 = 0;

  i2 = 1;
  j2 = n;

  i3 = n+1;
  j3 = n;
//
//  Pick the next item from A2, and move it into A1 or A3.
//  Adjust indices appropriately.
//
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i2-1] <= split )
    {
      i2 = i2 + 1;
      j1 = j1 + 1;
    }
    else
    {
      temp    = a[i2-1];
      a[i2-1] = a[i3-2];
      a[i3-2] = temp;
      i3 = i3 - 1;
      j2 = j2 - 1;
    }
  }

  return j1;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double i4vec_std ( int n, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_STD returns the standard deviation of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 August 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the vector whose variance is desired.
//
//    Output, double I4VEC_STD, the standard deviation of the vector entries.
//
{
  int i;
  double mean;
  double std;

  if ( n < 2 )
  {
    std = 0.0;
  }
  else
  {
    mean = 0.0;
    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
    {
      mean = mean + ( double ) x[i];
    }
    mean = mean / ( double ) n;

    std = 0.0;
    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
    {
      std = std + pow ( ( double ) x[i] - mean, 2 );
    }
    std = sqrt ( std / ( double ) ( n - 1 ) );
  }

  return std;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_sum ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SUM sums the entries of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      A = ( 1, 2, 3, 4 )
//
//    Output:
//
//      I4VEC_SUM = 10
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be summed.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SUM, the sum of the entries of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int sum;

  sum = 0;
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    sum = sum + a[i];
  }

  return sum;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_swap ( int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_SWAP swaps two I4VEC's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the arrays.
//
//    Input/output, int A1[N], A2[N], the
//    two arrays whose entries are to be swapped.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    j     = a1[i];
    a1[i] = a2[i];
    a2[i] = j;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_transpose_print ( int n, int a[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_TRANSPOSE_PRINT prints an I4VEC "transposed".
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    A = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 }
//    TITLE = "My vector:  "
//
//    My vector:      1    2    3    4    5
//                    6    7    8    9   10
//                   11
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    03 July 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of components of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;
  int ihi;
  int ilo;
  int title_len;

  title_len = title.length ( );

  if ( 0 < title_len )
  {
    cout << "\n";
    cout << title << "\n";
  }

  if ( 0 < n )
  {
    for ( ilo = 1; ilo <= n; ilo = ilo + 5 )
    {
      ihi = ilo + 5 - 1;
      if ( n < ihi )
      {
        ihi = n;
      }
      for ( i = ilo; i <= ihi; i++ )
      {
        cout << setw(12) << a[i-1];
      }
      cout << "\n";
    }
  }
  else
  {
    cout << "  (empty vector)\n";
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_undex ( int x_num, int x_val[], int x_unique_num, int undx[],
  int xdnu[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_UNDEX returns unique sorted indexes for an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The goal of this routine is to determine a vector UNDX,
//    which points, to the unique elements of X, in sorted order,
//    and a vector XDNU, which identifies, for each entry of X, the index of
//    the unique sorted element of X.
//
//    This is all done with index vectors, so that the elements of
//    X are never moved.
//
//    The first step of the algorithm requires the indexed sorting
//    of X, which creates arrays INDX and XDNI.  (If all the entries
//    of X are unique, then these arrays are the same as UNDX and XDNU.)
//
//    We then use INDX to examine the entries of X in sorted order,
//    noting the unique entries, creating the entries of XDNU and
//    UNDX as we go.
//
//    Once this process has been completed, the vector X could be
//    replaced by a compressed vector XU, containing the unique entries
//    of X in sorted order, using the formula
//
//      XU(*) = X(UNDX(*)).
//
//    We could then, if we wished, reconstruct the entire vector X, or
//    any element of it, by index, as follows:
//
//      X(I) = XU(XDNU(I)).
//
//    We could then replace X by the combination of XU and XDNU.
//
//    Later, when we need the I-th entry of X, we can locate it as
//    the XDNU(I)-th entry of XU.
//
//    Here is an example of a vector X, the sort and inverse sort
//    index vectors, and the unique sort and inverse unique sort vectors
//    and the compressed unique sorted vector.
//
//      I    X  Indx  Xdni      XU  Undx  Xdnu
//    ----+----+-----+-----+-------+-----+-----+
//      0 | 11     0     0 |    11     0     0
//      1 | 22     2     4 |    22     1     1
//      2 | 11     5     1 |    33     3     0
//      3 | 33     8     7 |    55     4     2
//      4 | 55     1     8 |                 3
//      5 | 11     6     2 |                 0
//      6 | 22     7     5 |                 1
//      7 | 22     3     6 |                 1
//      8 | 11     4     3 |                 0
//
//    INDX(2) = 3 means that sorted item(2) is X(3).
//    XDNI(2) = 5 means that X(2) is sorted item(5).
//
//    UNDX(3) = 4 means that unique sorted item(3) is at X(4).
//    XDNU(8) = 2 means that X(8) is at unique sorted item(2).
//
//    XU(XDNU(I))) = X(I).
//    XU(I)        = X(UNDX(I)).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    03 June 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int X_NUM, the number of data values.
//
//    Input, int X_VAL[X_NUM], the data values.
//
//    Input, int X_UNIQUE_NUM, the number of unique values in X_VAL.
//    This value is only required for languages in which the size of
//    UNDX must be known in advance.
//
//    Output, int UNDX[X_UNIQUE_NUM], the UNDX vector.
//
//    Output, int XDNU[X_NUM], the XDNU vector.
//
{
  int i;
  int *indx;
  int j;
//
//  Implicitly sort the array.
//
  indx = i4vec_sort_heap_index_a ( x_num, x_val );
//
//  Walk through the implicitly sorted array.
//
  i = 0;

  j = 0;
  undx[j] = indx[i];

  xdnu[indx[i]] = j;

  for ( i = 1; i < x_num; i++ )
  {
    if ( x_val[indx[i]] != x_val[undx[j]] )
    {
      j = j + 1;
      undx[j] = indx[i];
    }
    xdnu[indx[i]] = j;
  }
  delete [] indx;

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_uniform_ab ( int n, int a, int b, int &seed, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_UNIFORM_AB returns a scaled pseudorandom I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The pseudorandom numbers should be uniformly distributed
//    between A and B.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 May 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Paul Bratley, Bennett Fox, Linus Schrage,
//    A Guide to Simulation,
//    Second Edition,
//    Springer, 1987,
//    ISBN: 0387964673,
//    LC: QA76.9.C65.B73.
//
//    Bennett Fox,
//    Algorithm 647:
//    Implementation and Relative Efficiency of Quasirandom
//    Sequence Generators,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 12, Number 4, December 1986, pages 362-376.
//
//    Pierre L'Ecuyer,
//    Random Number Generation,
//    in Handbook of Simulation,
//    edited by Jerry Banks,
//    Wiley, 1998,
//    ISBN: 0471134031,
//    LC: T57.62.H37.
//
//    Peter Lewis, Allen Goodman, James Miller,
//    A Pseudo-Random Number Generator for the System/360,
//    IBM Systems Journal,
//    Volume 8, Number 2, 1969, pages 136-143.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the dimension of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A, B, the limits of the interval.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, the "seed" value, which should NOT be 0.
//    On output, SEED has been updated.
//
//    Output, int X[N], a vector of random values between A and B.
//
{
  int c;
  int i;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int k;
  float r;
  int value;
  
  if ( seed == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_UNIFORM_AB - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input value of SEED = 0.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Guarantee A <= B.
//
  if ( b < a )
  {
    c = a;
    a = b;
    b = c;
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    k = seed / 127773;

    seed = 16807 * ( seed - k * 127773 ) - k * 2836;

    if ( seed < 0 )
    {
      seed = seed + i4_huge;
    }

    r = ( float ) ( seed ) * 4.656612875E-10;
//
//  Scale R to lie between A-0.5 and B+0.5.
//
    r = ( 1.0 - r ) * ( ( float ) a - 0.5 ) 
      +         r   * ( ( float ) b + 0.5 );
//
//  Use rounding to convert R to an integer between A and B.
//
    value = round ( r );
//
//  Guarantee A <= VALUE <= B.
//
    if ( value < a )
    {
      value = a;
    }
    if ( b < value )
    {
      value = b;
    }

    x[i] = value;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_uniform_ab_new ( int n, int a, int b, int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_UNIFORM_AB_NEW returns a scaled pseudorandom I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The pseudorandom numbers should be uniformly distributed
//    between A and B.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 May 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Paul Bratley, Bennett Fox, Linus Schrage,
//    A Guide to Simulation,
//    Second Edition,
//    Springer, 1987,
//    ISBN: 0387964673,
//    LC: QA76.9.C65.B73.
//
//    Bennett Fox,
//    Algorithm 647:
//    Implementation and Relative Efficiency of Quasirandom
//    Sequence Generators,
//    ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software,
//    Volume 12, Number 4, December 1986, pages 362-376.
//
//    Pierre L'Ecuyer,
//    Random Number Generation,
//    in Handbook of Simulation,
//    edited by Jerry Banks,
//    Wiley, 1998,
//    ISBN: 0471134031,
//    LC: T57.62.H37.
//
//    Peter Lewis, Allen Goodman, James Miller,
//    A Pseudo-Random Number Generator for the System/360,
//    IBM Systems Journal,
//    Volume 8, Number 2, 1969, pages 136-143.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the dimension of the vector.
//
//    Input, int A, B, the limits of the interval.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, the "seed" value, which should NOT be 0.
//    On output, SEED has been updated.
//
//    Output, int IVEC_UNIFORM_AB_NEW[N], a vector of random values 
//    between A and B.
//
{
  int c;
  int i;
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int k;
  float r;
  int value;
  int *x;
  
  if ( seed == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "I4VEC_UNIFORM_AB_NEW - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input value of SEED = 0.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
//
//  Guarantee A <= B.
//
  if ( b < a )
  {
    c = a;
    a = b;
    b = c;
  }

  x = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    k = seed / 127773;

    seed = 16807 * ( seed - k * 127773 ) - k * 2836;

    if ( seed < 0 )
    {
      seed = seed + i4_huge;
    }

    r = ( float ) ( seed ) * 4.656612875E-10;
//
//  Scale R to lie between A-0.5 and B+0.5.
//
    r = ( 1.0 - r ) * ( ( float ) a - 0.5 ) 
      +         r   * ( ( float ) b + 0.5 );
//
//  Use rounding to convert R to an integer between A and B.
//
    value = round ( r );
//
//  Guarantee A <= VALUE <= B.
//
    if ( value < a )
    {
      value = a;
    }
    if ( b < value )
    {
      value = b;
    }

    x[i] = value;
  }

  return x;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_unique_count ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_UNIQUE_COUNT counts the unique elements in an unsorted I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    Because the array is unsorted, this algorithm is O(N^2).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    29 April 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to examine, which does NOT have to
//    be sorted.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_UNIQUE_COUNT, the number of unique elements of A.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int unique_num;

  unique_num = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    unique_num = unique_num + 1;

    for ( j = 0; j < i; j++ )
    {
      if ( a[i] == a[j] )
      {
        unique_num = unique_num - 1;
        break;
      }
    }
  }

  return unique_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_unique_index ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_UNIQUE_INDEX indexes the unique occurrence of values in an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    For element A(I) of the vector, UNIQUE_INDEX(I) is the uniqueness index
//    of A(I).  That is, if A_UNIQUE contains the unique elements of A,
//    gathered in order, then
//
//      A_UNIQUE ( UNIQUE_INDEX(I) ) = A(I)
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 August 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of elements of A.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_UNIQUE_INDEX[N], the unique index.
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int *unique_index;
  int unique_num;

  unique_index = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    unique_index[i] = -1;
  }
  unique_num = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( unique_index[i] == -1 )
    {
      unique_index[i] = unique_num;
      for ( j = i + 1; j < n; j++ )
      {
        if ( a[i] == a[j] )
        {
          unique_index[j] = unique_num;
        }
      }
      unique_num = unique_num + 1;
    }
  }
  return unique_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_value_index ( int n, int a[], int value, int max_index,
  int &n_index )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_VALUE_INDEX indexes I4VEC entries equal to a given value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 10
//      A = (  2, 3, 1, 3, 2, 4, 2, 3, 5, 3 )
//      X_VALUE = 3
//
//    Output:
//
//      N_INDEX = 4
//      VALUE_INDEX = ( 2, 4, 8, 10 ).
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    07 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be indexed.
//
//    Input, int VALUE, a value to be searched for.
//
//    Input, int MAX_INDEX, the maximum number of indices to find.
//
//    Output, int &N_INDEX, the number of entries equal to VALUE.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_VALUE_INDEX[MAX_INDEX], the indices of entries
//    equal to VALUE.
//
{
  int i;
  int *value_index;

  value_index = new int[max_index];

  n_index = 0;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i-1] == value )
    {
      if ( max_index <= n_index )
      {
        break;
      }
      value_index[n_index] = i;
      n_index = n_index + 1;
    }
  }

  return value_index;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_value_num ( int n, int a[], int value )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_VALUE_NUM counts I4VEC entries equal to a given value.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    21 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the array to be indexed.
//
//    Input, int VALUE, a value to be searched for.
//
//    Input, int I4VEC_VALUE_NUM, the number of times the value occurs.
//
{
  int i;
  int value_num;

  value_num = 0;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a[i] == value )
    {
      value_num = value_num + 1;
    }
  }

  return value_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double i4vec_variance ( int n, int x[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_VARIANCE returns the variance of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 May 1999
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int X[N], the vector whose variance is desired.
//
//    Output, double I4VEC_VARIANCE, the variance of the vector entries.
//
{
  int i;
  double mean;
  double variance;

  if ( n < 2 )
  {
    variance = 0.0;
  }
  else
  {
    mean = 0.0;
    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
    {
      mean = mean + ( double ) x[i];
    }
    mean = mean / ( double ) n;

    variance = 0.0;
    for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
    {
      variance = variance + pow ( ( double ) x[i] - mean, 2 );
    }
    variance = variance / ( double ) ( n - 1 );
  }

  return variance;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec_width ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_WIDTH returns the "width" of an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//    The width of an integer vector is simply the maximum of the widths of
//    its entries.
//
//    The width of a single integer is the number of characters
//    necessary to print it.
//
//    The width of an integer vector can be useful when the vector is
//    to be printed.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    22 September 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Input, int A[N], the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_WIDTH, the width of the vector.
//
{
  int i;
  int width;

  width = -1;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    width = i4_max ( width, i4_width ( a[i] ) );
  }
  return width;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec_zero ( int n, int a[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ZERO zeroes an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    01 August 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Output, int A[N], a vector of zeroes.
//
{
  int i;

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = 0;
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *i4vec_zero_new ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC_ZERO_NEW creates and zeroes an I4VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An I4VEC is a vector of I4's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    11 July 2008
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries in the vector.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_ZERO_NEW[N], a vector of zeroes.
//
{
  int *a;
  int i;

  a = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    a[i] = 0;
  }
  return a;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec2_compare ( int n, int a1[], int a2[], int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC2_COMPARE compares pairs of integers stored in two vectors.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    11 September 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of data items.
//
//    Input, int A1[N], A2[N], contain the two components of each item.
//
//    Input, int I, J, the items to be compared.  These values will be
//    1-based indices for the arrays A1 and A2.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC2_COMPARE, the results of the comparison:
//    -1, item I < item J,
//     0, item I = item J,
//    +1, item J < item I.
//
{
  int isgn;

  isgn = 0;

  if ( a1[i-1] < a1[j-1] )
  {
    isgn = -1;
  }
  else if ( a1[i-1] == a1[j-1] )
  {
    if ( a2[i-1] < a2[j-1] )
    {
      isgn = -1;
    }
    else if ( a2[i-1] < a2[j-1] )
    {
      isgn = 0;
    }
    else if ( a2[j-1] < a2[i-1] )
    {
      isgn = +1;
    }
  }
  else if ( a1[j-1] < a1[i-1] )
  {
    isgn = +1;
  }

  return isgn;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec2_print ( int n, int a1[], int a2[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC2_PRINT prints an I4VEC2.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 November 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the size of the vectors.
//
//    Input, int A1[N], int A2[N], the vectors to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";
  cout << "\n";
  for ( i = 0; i <= n - 1; i++ )
  {
    cout << setw(6) << i     << ": "
         << setw(8) << a1[i] << "  "
         << setw(8) << a2[i] << "\n";
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec2_sort_a ( int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC2_SORT_A ascending sorts an I4VEC2.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Each item to be sorted is a pair of integers (I,J), with the I
//    and J values stored in separate vectors A1 and A2.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    11 September 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items of data.
//
//    Input/output, int A1[N], A2[N], the data to be sorted..
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
  int temp;
//
//  Initialize.
//
  i = 0;
  indx = 0;
  isgn = 0;
  j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    sort_heap_external ( n, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
    if ( 0 < indx )
    {
      temp    = a1[i-1];
      a1[i-1] = a1[j-1];
      a1[j-1] = temp;

      temp    = a2[i-1];
      a2[i-1] = a2[j-1];
      a2[j-1] = temp;
    }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
    else if ( indx < 0 )
    {
      isgn = i4vec2_compare ( n, a1, a2, i, j );
    }
    else if ( indx == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }
  }
  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec2_sort_d ( int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC2_SORT_D descending sorts an I4VEC2.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Each item to be sorted is a pair of integers (I,J), with the I
//    and J values stored in separate vectors A1 and A2.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 October 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items of data.
//
//    Input/output, int A1[N], A2[N], the data to be sorted..
//
{
  int i;
  int indx;
  int isgn;
  int j;
  int temp;
//
//  Initialize.
//
  i = 0;
  indx = 0;
  isgn = 0;
  j = 0;
//
//  Call the external heap sorter.
//
  for ( ; ; )
  {
    sort_heap_external ( n, indx, i, j, isgn );
//
//  Interchange the I and J objects.
//
    if ( 0 < indx )
    {
      temp    = a1[i-1];
      a1[i-1] = a1[j-1];
      a1[j-1] = temp;

      temp    = a2[i-1];
      a2[i-1] = a2[j-1];
      a2[j-1] = temp;
    }
//
//  Compare the I and J objects.
//
    else if ( indx < 0 )
    {
      isgn = -i4vec2_compare ( n, a1, a2, i, j );
    }
    else if ( indx == 0 )
    {
      break;
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void i4vec2_sorted_unique ( int n, int a1[], int a2[], int &unique_num )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC2_SORTED_UNIQUE keeps the unique elements in an I4VEC2.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Item I is stored as the pair A1(I), A2(I).
//
//    The items must have been sorted, or at least it must be the
//    case that equal items are stored in adjacent vector locations.
//
//    If the items were not sorted, then this routine will only
//    replace a string of equal values by a single representative.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 July 2000
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items.
//
//    Input/output, int A1[N], A2[N].
//    On input, the array of N items.
//    On output, an array of UNIQUE_NUM unique items.
//
//    Output, int &UNIQUE_NUM, the number of unique items.
//
{
  int itest;

  unique_num = 0;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return;
  }

  unique_num = 1;

  for ( itest = 1; itest < n; itest++ )
  {
    if ( a1[itest] != a1[unique_num-1] ||
         a2[itest] != a2[unique_num-1] )
    {
      a1[unique_num] = a1[itest];
      a2[unique_num] = a2[itest];
      unique_num = unique_num + 1;
    }
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int i4vec2_sorted_unique_count ( int n, int a1[], int a2[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    I4VEC2_SORTED_UNIQUE_COUNT counts unique elements in an I4VEC2.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Item I is stored as the pair A1(I), A2(I).
//
//    The items must have been sorted, or at least it must be the
//    case that equal items are stored in adjacent vector locations.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    12 July 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of items.
//
//    Input, int A1[N], A2[N], the array of N items.
//
//    Output, int I4VEC_SORTED_UNIQUE_COUNT, the number of unique items.
//
{
  int i;
  int iu;
  int unique_num;

  unique_num = 0;

  if ( n <= 0 )
  {
    return unique_num;
  }

  iu = 0;
  unique_num = 1;

  for ( i = 1; i < n; i++ )
  {
    if ( a1[i] != a1[iu] ||
         a2[i] != a2[iu] )
    {
      iu = i;
      unique_num = unique_num + 1;
    }
  }

  return unique_num;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int l4_to_i4 ( bool l )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    L4_TO_I4 converts an L4 to an I4.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    0 is FALSE, and anything else if TRUE.
//
//    An I4 is an integer value.
//    An L4 is a logical value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    10 January 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, bool L, a logical value.
//
//    Output, int L4_TO_I4, the integer value of L.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( l )
  {
    value = 1;
  }
  else
  {
    value = 0;
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool l4_xor ( bool l1, bool l2 )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    L4_XOR returns the exclusive OR of two L4's.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An L4 is a logical value.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    04 May 2014
//
//  Author:
//
//   John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, bool L1, L2, two values whose exclusive OR is needed.
//
//    Output, bool L4_XOR, the exclusive OR of L1 and L2.
//
{
  bool value;
  bool value1;
  bool value2;

  value1 = (     l1   && ( ! l2 ) );
  value2 = ( ( ! l1 ) &&     l2   );

  value = ( value1 || value2 );

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int pascal_to_i4 ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PASCAL_TO_I4 converts Pacal triangle coordinates to a linear index.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    We describe the grid points in a Pascal triangle in two ways:
//
//    As a linear index K:
//
//                     1
//                   2   3
//                 4   5   6
//               7   8   9   10
//
//    As elements (I,J) of Pascal's triangle:
//
//                     0,0
//                  1,0   0,1
//               2,0   1,1    0,2
//            3,0   2,1   1,2    0,3
//
//  Example:
//
//     K  I  J
//
//     1  0  0
//     2  1  0
//     3  0  1
//     4  2  0
//     5  1  1
//     6  0  2
//     7  3  0
//     8  2  1
//     9  1  2
//    10  0  3
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    14 April 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, the row and column indices.  I and J 
//    must be nonnegative.
//
//    Output, int PASCAL_TO_I4, the linear index of the (I,J) element.
//
{
  int d;
  int k;

  if ( i < 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "PASCAL_TO_I4 - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  I < 0.\n";
    cerr << "  I = " << i << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( j < 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "PASCAL_TO_I4 - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  J < 0.\n";
    cerr << "  J = " << j << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  d = i + j;

  k = ( d * ( d + 1 ) ) / 2 + j + 1;

  return k;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void perm_cycle ( int n, int p[], int &isgn, int &ncycle, int iopt )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PERM_CYCLE analyzes a permutation.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The routine will count cycles, find the sign of a permutation,
//    and tag a permutation.
//
//  Example:
//
//    Input:
//
//      N = 9
//      IOPT = 1
//      P = 2, 3, 9, 6, 7, 8, 5, 4, 1
//
//    Output:
//
//      NCYCLE = 3
//      ISGN = +1
//      P = -2, 3, 9, -6, -7, 8, 5, 4, 1
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    06 May 2003
//
//  Author:
//
//    Original FORTRAN77 version by Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf.
//    C++ version by John Burkardt.
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms for Computers and Calculators,
//    Second Edition,
//    Academic Press, 1978,
//    ISBN: 0-12-519260-6,
//    LC: QA164.N54.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects being permuted.
//
//    Input/output, int P[N].  On input, P describes a
//    permutation, in the sense that entry I is to be moved to P[I].
//    If IOPT = 0, then P will not be changed by this routine.
//    If IOPT = 1, then on output, P will be "tagged".  That is,
//    one element of every cycle in P will be negated.  In this way,
//    a user can traverse a cycle by starting at any entry I1 of P
//    which is negative, moving to I2 = ABS(P[I1]), then to
//    P[I2], and so on, until returning to I1.
//
//    Output, int &ISGN, the "sign" of the permutation, which is
//    +1 if the permutation is even, -1 if odd.  Every permutation
//    may be produced by a certain number of pairwise switches.
//    If the number of switches is even, the permutation itself is
//    called even.
//
//    Output, int &NCYCLE, the number of cycles in the permutation.
//
//    Input, int IOPT, requests tagging.
//    0, the permutation will not be tagged.
//    1, the permutation will be tagged.
//
{
  int i;
  int i1;
  int i2;
  int is;

  if ( !perm0_check ( n, p ) )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "PERM_CYCLE - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  PERM0_CHECK rejects permutation.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  is = 1;
  ncycle = n;

  for ( i = 1; i <= n; i++ )
  {
    i1 = p[i-1];

    while ( i < i1 )
    {
      ncycle = ncycle - 1;
      i2 = p[i1-1];
      p[i1-1] = -i2;
      i1 = i2;
    }

    if ( iopt != 0 )
    {
      is = - i4_sign ( p[i-1] );
    }
    p[i-1] = abs ( p[i-1] ) * i4_sign ( is );
  }

  isgn = 1 - 2 * ( ( n - ncycle ) % 2 );

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool perm0_check ( int n, int p[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PERM0_CHECK checks a permutation of ( 0, ..., N-1 ).
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The routine verifies that each of the integers from 0 to
//    to N-1 occurs among the N entries of the permutation.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 May 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int P[N], the array to check.
//
//    Output, bool PERM0_CHECK, is 
//    TRUE if P is a legal permutation of 0,...,N-1.
//    FALSE if P is not a legal permuation of 0,...,N-1.
//
{
  bool check;
  int location;
  int value;

  check = true;

  for ( value = 0; value < n; value++ )
  {
    check = false;

    for ( location = 0; location < n; location++ )
    {
      if ( p[location] == value )
      {
        check = true;
        break;
      }
    }

    if ( ! check )
    {
      cout << "\n";
      cout << "PERM0_CHECK - Fatal error!\n";
      cout << "  Permutation is missing value " << value << "\n";
      break;
    }

  }

  return check;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *perm0_uniform_new ( int n, int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PERM0_UNIFORM_NEW selects a random permutation of 0,...,N-1.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The algorithm is known as the Fisher-Yates or Knuth shuffle.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 May 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects to be permuted.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, a seed for the random number generator.
//
//    Output, int PERM0_UNIFORM_NEW[N], a permutation of
//    (0, 1, ..., N-1).
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;
  int *p;

  p = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    p[i] = i;
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < n - 1; i++ )
  {
    j = i4_uniform_ab ( i, n - 1, seed );
    k    = p[i];
    p[i] = p[j];
    p[j] = k;
  }

  return p;
}
//****************************************************************************80

bool perm1_check ( int n, int p[] )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PERM1_CHECK checks a permutation of (1, ..., N ).
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The routine verifies that each of the integers from 0 to
//    to N-1 occurs among the N entries of the permutation.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    24 May 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of entries.
//
//    Input, int P[N], the array to check.
//
//    Output, bool PERM1_CHECK, is 
//    TRUE if P is a legal permutation of 1,...,N.
//    FALSE if P is not a legal permuation of 1,...,N.
//
{
  bool check;
  int location;
  int value;

  check = true;

  for ( value = 1; value <= n; value++ )
  {
    check = false;

    for ( location = 0; location < n; location++ )
    {
      if ( p[location] == value )
      {
        check = true;
        break;
      }
    }

    if ( ! check )
    {
      cout << "\n";
      cout << "PERM1_CHECK - Fatal error!\n";
      cout << "  Permutation is missing value " << value << "\n";
      break;
    }

  }

  return check;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int *perm1_uniform_new ( int n, int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PERM1_UNIFORM_NEW selects a random permutation of 1,...,N.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The algorithm is known as the Fisher-Yates or Knuth shuffle.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    23 May 2015
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of objects to be permuted.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, a seed for the random number generator.
//
//    Output, int PERM1_UNIFORM_NEW[N], a permutation of
//    (1, ..., N).
//
{
  int i;
  int j;
  int k;
  int *p;

  p = new int[n];

  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    p[i] = i + 1;
  }

  for ( i = 0; i < n - 1; i++ )
  {
    j = i4_uniform_ab ( i, n - 1, seed );
    k    = p[i];
    p[i] = p[j];
    p[j] = k;
  }

  return p;
}
//****************************************************************************80

int prime ( int n )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    PRIME returns any of the first PRIME_MAX prime numbers.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    PRIME_MAX is 1600, and the largest prime stored is 13499.
//
//    Thanks to Bart Vandewoestyne for pointing out a typo, 18 February 2005.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 February 2005
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Milton Abramowitz, Irene Stegun,
//    Handbook of Mathematical Functions,
//    National Bureau of Standards, 1964,
//    ISBN: 0-486-61272-4,
//    LC: QA47.A34.
//
//    Daniel Zwillinger,
//    CRC Standard Mathematical Tables and Formulae,
//    30th Edition,
//    CRC Press, 1996, pages 95-98.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the index of the desired prime number.
//    In general, is should be true that 0 <= N <= PRIME_MAX.
//    N = -1 returns PRIME_MAX, the index of the largest prime available.
//    N = 0 is legal, returning PRIME = 1.
//
//    Output, int PRIME, the N-th prime.  If N is out of range, PRIME
//    is returned as -1.
//
{
# define PRIME_MAX 1600

  int npvec[PRIME_MAX] = {
        2,    3,    5,    7,   11,   13,   17,   19,   23,   29,
       31,   37,   41,   43,   47,   53,   59,   61,   67,   71,
       73,   79,   83,   89,   97,  101,  103,  107,  109,  113,
      127,  131,  137,  139,  149,  151,  157,  163,  167,  173,
      179,  181,  191,  193,  197,  199,  211,  223,  227,  229,
      233,  239,  241,  251,  257,  263,  269,  271,  277,  281,
      283,  293,  307,  311,  313,  317,  331,  337,  347,  349,
      353,  359,  367,  373,  379,  383,  389,  397,  401,  409,
      419,  421,  431,  433,  439,  443,  449,  457,  461,  463,
      467,  479,  487,  491,  499,  503,  509,  521,  523,  541,
      547,  557,  563,  569,  571,  577,  587,  593,  599,  601,
      607,  613,  617,  619,  631,  641,  643,  647,  653,  659,
      661,  673,  677,  683,  691,  701,  709,  719,  727,  733,
      739,  743,  751,  757,  761,  769,  773,  787,  797,  809,
      811,  821,  823,  827,  829,  839,  853,  857,  859,  863,
      877,  881,  883,  887,  907,  911,  919,  929,  937,  941,
      947,  953,  967,  971,  977,  983,  991,  997, 1009, 1013,
     1019, 1021, 1031, 1033, 1039, 1049, 1051, 1061, 1063, 1069,
     1087, 1091, 1093, 1097, 1103, 1109, 1117, 1123, 1129, 1151,
     1153, 1163, 1171, 1181, 1187, 1193, 1201, 1213, 1217, 1223,
     1229, 1231, 1237, 1249, 1259, 1277, 1279, 1283, 1289, 1291,
     1297, 1301, 1303, 1307, 1319, 1321, 1327, 1361, 1367, 1373,
     1381, 1399, 1409, 1423, 1427, 1429, 1433, 1439, 1447, 1451,
     1453, 1459, 1471, 1481, 1483, 1487, 1489, 1493, 1499, 1511,
     1523, 1531, 1543, 1549, 1553, 1559, 1567, 1571, 1579, 1583,
     1597, 1601, 1607, 1609, 1613, 1619, 1621, 1627, 1637, 1657,
     1663, 1667, 1669, 1693, 1697, 1699, 1709, 1721, 1723, 1733,
     1741, 1747, 1753, 1759, 1777, 1783, 1787, 1789, 1801, 1811,
     1823, 1831, 1847, 1861, 1867, 1871, 1873, 1877, 1879, 1889,
     1901, 1907, 1913, 1931, 1933, 1949, 1951, 1973, 1979, 1987,
     1993, 1997, 1999, 2003, 2011, 2017, 2027, 2029, 2039, 2053,
     2063, 2069, 2081, 2083, 2087, 2089, 2099, 2111, 2113, 2129,
     2131, 2137, 2141, 2143, 2153, 2161, 2179, 2203, 2207, 2213,
     2221, 2237, 2239, 2243, 2251, 2267, 2269, 2273, 2281, 2287,
     2293, 2297, 2309, 2311, 2333, 2339, 2341, 2347, 2351, 2357,
     2371, 2377, 2381, 2383, 2389, 2393, 2399, 2411, 2417, 2423,
     2437, 2441, 2447, 2459, 2467, 2473, 2477, 2503, 2521, 2531,
     2539, 2543, 2549, 2551, 2557, 2579, 2591, 2593, 2609, 2617,
     2621, 2633, 2647, 2657, 2659, 2663, 2671, 2677, 2683, 2687,
     2689, 2693, 2699, 2707, 2711, 2713, 2719, 2729, 2731, 2741,
     2749, 2753, 2767, 2777, 2789, 2791, 2797, 2801, 2803, 2819,
     2833, 2837, 2843, 2851, 2857, 2861, 2879, 2887, 2897, 2903,
     2909, 2917, 2927, 2939, 2953, 2957, 2963, 2969, 2971, 2999,
     3001, 3011, 3019, 3023, 3037, 3041, 3049, 3061, 3067, 3079,
     3083, 3089, 3109, 3119, 3121, 3137, 3163, 3167, 3169, 3181,
     3187, 3191, 3203, 3209, 3217, 3221, 3229, 3251, 3253, 3257,
     3259, 3271, 3299, 3301, 3307, 3313, 3319, 3323, 3329, 3331,
     3343, 3347, 3359, 3361, 3371, 3373, 3389, 3391, 3407, 3413,
     3433, 3449, 3457, 3461, 3463, 3467, 3469, 3491, 3499, 3511,
     3517, 3527, 3529, 3533, 3539, 3541, 3547, 3557, 3559, 3571,
     3581, 3583, 3593, 3607, 3613, 3617, 3623, 3631, 3637, 3643,
     3659, 3671, 3673, 3677, 3691, 3697, 3701, 3709, 3719, 3727,
     3733, 3739, 3761, 3767, 3769, 3779, 3793, 3797, 3803, 3821,
     3823, 3833, 3847, 3851, 3853, 3863, 3877, 3881, 3889, 3907,
     3911, 3917, 3919, 3923, 3929, 3931, 3943, 3947, 3967, 3989,
     4001, 4003, 4007, 4013, 4019, 4021, 4027, 4049, 4051, 4057,
     4073, 4079, 4091, 4093, 4099, 4111, 4127, 4129, 4133, 4139,
     4153, 4157, 4159, 4177, 4201, 4211, 4217, 4219, 4229, 4231,
     4241, 4243, 4253, 4259, 4261, 4271, 4273, 4283, 4289, 4297,
     4327, 4337, 4339, 4349, 4357, 4363, 4373, 4391, 4397, 4409,
     4421, 4423, 4441, 4447, 4451, 4457, 4463, 4481, 4483, 4493,
     4507, 4513, 4517, 4519, 4523, 4547, 4549, 4561, 4567, 4583,
     4591, 4597, 4603, 4621, 4637, 4639, 4643, 4649, 4651, 4657,
     4663, 4673, 4679, 4691, 4703, 4721, 4723, 4729, 4733, 4751,
     4759, 4783, 4787, 4789, 4793, 4799, 4801, 4813, 4817, 4831,
     4861, 4871, 4877, 4889, 4903, 4909, 4919, 4931, 4933, 4937,
     4943, 4951, 4957, 4967, 4969, 4973, 4987, 4993, 4999, 5003,
     5009, 5011, 5021, 5023, 5039, 5051, 5059, 5077, 5081, 5087,
     5099, 5101, 5107, 5113, 5119, 5147, 5153, 5167, 5171, 5179,
     5189, 5197, 5209, 5227, 5231, 5233, 5237, 5261, 5273, 5279,
     5281, 5297, 5303, 5309, 5323, 5333, 5347, 5351, 5381, 5387,
     5393, 5399, 5407, 5413, 5417, 5419, 5431, 5437, 5441, 5443,
     5449, 5471, 5477, 5479, 5483, 5501, 5503, 5507, 5519, 5521,
     5527, 5531, 5557, 5563, 5569, 5573, 5581, 5591, 5623, 5639,
     5641, 5647, 5651, 5653, 5657, 5659, 5669, 5683, 5689, 5693,
     5701, 5711, 5717, 5737, 5741, 5743, 5749, 5779, 5783, 5791,
     5801, 5807, 5813, 5821, 5827, 5839, 5843, 5849, 5851, 5857,
     5861, 5867, 5869, 5879, 5881, 5897, 5903, 5923, 5927, 5939,
     5953, 5981, 5987, 6007, 6011, 6029, 6037, 6043, 6047, 6053,
     6067, 6073, 6079, 6089, 6091, 6101, 6113, 6121, 6131, 6133,
     6143, 6151, 6163, 6173, 6197, 6199, 6203, 6211, 6217, 6221,
     6229, 6247, 6257, 6263, 6269, 6271, 6277, 6287, 6299, 6301,
     6311, 6317, 6323, 6329, 6337, 6343, 6353, 6359, 6361, 6367,
     6373, 6379, 6389, 6397, 6421, 6427, 6449, 6451, 6469, 6473,
     6481, 6491, 6521, 6529, 6547, 6551, 6553, 6563, 6569, 6571,
     6577, 6581, 6599, 6607, 6619, 6637, 6653, 6659, 6661, 6673,
     6679, 6689, 6691, 6701, 6703, 6709, 6719, 6733, 6737, 6761,
     6763, 6779, 6781, 6791, 6793, 6803, 6823, 6827, 6829, 6833,
     6841, 6857, 6863, 6869, 6871, 6883, 6899, 6907, 6911, 6917,
     6947, 6949, 6959, 6961, 6967, 6971, 6977, 6983, 6991, 6997,
     7001, 7013, 7019, 7027, 7039, 7043, 7057, 7069, 7079, 7103,
     7109, 7121, 7127, 7129, 7151, 7159, 7177, 7187, 7193, 7207,
     7211, 7213, 7219, 7229, 7237, 7243, 7247, 7253, 7283, 7297,
     7307, 7309, 7321, 7331, 7333, 7349, 7351, 7369, 7393, 7411,
     7417, 7433, 7451, 7457, 7459, 7477, 7481, 7487, 7489, 7499,
     7507, 7517, 7523, 7529, 7537, 7541, 7547, 7549, 7559, 7561,
     7573, 7577, 7583, 7589, 7591, 7603, 7607, 7621, 7639, 7643,
     7649, 7669, 7673, 7681, 7687, 7691, 7699, 7703, 7717, 7723,
     7727, 7741, 7753, 7757, 7759, 7789, 7793, 7817, 7823, 7829,
     7841, 7853, 7867, 7873, 7877, 7879, 7883, 7901, 7907, 7919,
     7927, 7933, 7937, 7949, 7951, 7963, 7993, 8009, 8011, 8017,
     8039, 8053, 8059, 8069, 8081, 8087, 8089, 8093, 8101, 8111,
     8117, 8123, 8147, 8161, 8167, 8171, 8179, 8191, 8209, 8219,
     8221, 8231, 8233, 8237, 8243, 8263, 8269, 8273, 8287, 8291,
     8293, 8297, 8311, 8317, 8329, 8353, 8363, 8369, 8377, 8387,
     8389, 8419, 8423, 8429, 8431, 8443, 8447, 8461, 8467, 8501,
     8513, 8521, 8527, 8537, 8539, 8543, 8563, 8573, 8581, 8597,
     8599, 8609, 8623, 8627, 8629, 8641, 8647, 8663, 8669, 8677,
     8681, 8689, 8693, 8699, 8707, 8713, 8719, 8731, 8737, 8741,
     8747, 8753, 8761, 8779, 8783, 8803, 8807, 8819, 8821, 8831,
     8837, 8839, 8849, 8861, 8863, 8867, 8887, 8893, 8923, 8929,
     8933, 8941, 8951, 8963, 8969, 8971, 8999, 9001, 9007, 9011,
     9013, 9029, 9041, 9043, 9049, 9059, 9067, 9091, 9103, 9109,
     9127, 9133, 9137, 9151, 9157, 9161, 9173, 9181, 9187, 9199,
     9203, 9209, 9221, 9227, 9239, 9241, 9257, 9277, 9281, 9283,
     9293, 9311, 9319, 9323, 9337, 9341, 9343, 9349, 9371, 9377,
     9391, 9397, 9403, 9413, 9419, 9421, 9431, 9433, 9437, 9439,
     9461, 9463, 9467, 9473, 9479, 9491, 9497, 9511, 9521, 9533,
     9539, 9547, 9551, 9587, 9601, 9613, 9619, 9623, 9629, 9631,
     9643, 9649, 9661, 9677, 9679, 9689, 9697, 9719, 9721, 9733,
     9739, 9743, 9749, 9767, 9769, 9781, 9787, 9791, 9803, 9811,
     9817, 9829, 9833, 9839, 9851, 9857, 9859, 9871, 9883, 9887,
     9901, 9907, 9923, 9929, 9931, 9941, 9949, 9967, 9973,10007,
    10009,10037,10039,10061,10067,10069,10079,10091,10093,10099,
    10103,10111,10133,10139,10141,10151,10159,10163,10169,10177,
    10181,10193,10211,10223,10243,10247,10253,10259,10267,10271,
    10273,10289,10301,10303,10313,10321,10331,10333,10337,10343,
    10357,10369,10391,10399,10427,10429,10433,10453,10457,10459,
    10463,10477,10487,10499,10501,10513,10529,10531,10559,10567,
    10589,10597,10601,10607,10613,10627,10631,10639,10651,10657,
    10663,10667,10687,10691,10709,10711,10723,10729,10733,10739,
    10753,10771,10781,10789,10799,10831,10837,10847,10853,10859,
    10861,10867,10883,10889,10891,10903,10909,10937,10939,10949,
    10957,10973,10979,10987,10993,11003,11027,11047,11057,11059,
    11069,11071,11083,11087,11093,11113,11117,11119,11131,11149,
    11159,11161,11171,11173,11177,11197,11213,11239,11243,11251,
    11257,11261,11273,11279,11287,11299,11311,11317,11321,11329,
    11351,11353,11369,11383,11393,11399,11411,11423,11437,11443,
    11447,11467,11471,11483,11489,11491,11497,11503,11519,11527,
    11549,11551,11579,11587,11593,11597,11617,11621,11633,11657,
    11677,11681,11689,11699,11701,11717,11719,11731,11743,11777,
    11779,11783,11789,11801,11807,11813,11821,11827,11831,11833,
    11839,11863,11867,11887,11897,11903,11909,11923,11927,11933,
    11939,11941,11953,11959,11969,11971,11981,11987,12007,12011,
    12037,12041,12043,12049,12071,12073,12097,12101,12107,12109,
    12113,12119,12143,12149,12157,12161,12163,12197,12203,12211,
    12227,12239,12241,12251,12253,12263,12269,12277,12281,12289,
    12301,12323,12329,12343,12347,12373,12377,12379,12391,12401,
    12409,12413,12421,12433,12437,12451,12457,12473,12479,12487,
    12491,12497,12503,12511,12517,12527,12539,12541,12547,12553,
    12569,12577,12583,12589,12601,12611,12613,12619,12637,12641,
    12647,12653,12659,12671,12689,12697,12703,12713,12721,12739,
    12743,12757,12763,12781,12791,12799,12809,12821,12823,12829,
    12841,12853,12889,12893,12899,12907,12911,12917,12919,12923,
    12941,12953,12959,12967,12973,12979,12983,13001,13003,13007,
    13009,13033,13037,13043,13049,13063,13093,13099,13103,13109,
    13121,13127,13147,13151,13159,13163,13171,13177,13183,13187,
    13217,13219,13229,13241,13249,13259,13267,13291,13297,13309,
    13313,13327,13331,13337,13339,13367,13381,13397,13399,13411,
    13417,13421,13441,13451,13457,13463,13469,13477,13487,13499 };

  if ( n == -1 )
  {
    return PRIME_MAX;
  }
  else if ( n == 0 )
  {
    return 1;
  }
  else if ( n <= PRIME_MAX )
  {
    return npvec[n-1];
  }
  else
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "PRIME - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Unexpected input value of n = " << n << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  return 0;
# undef PRIME_MAX
}
//****************************************************************************80

int r8_nint ( double x )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    R8_NINT returns the nearest integer to an R8.
//
//  Example:
//
//        X         Value
//
//      1.3         1
//      1.4         1
//      1.5         1 or 2
//      1.6         2
//      0.0         0
//     -0.7        -1
//     -1.1        -1
//     -1.6        -2
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    26 August 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, double X, the value.
//
//    Output, int R8_NINT, the nearest integer to X.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( x < 0.0 )
  {
    value = - ( int ) ( fabs ( x ) + 0.5 );
  }
  else
  {
    value =   ( int ) ( fabs ( x ) + 0.5 );
  }

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

double r8_uniform_ab ( double a, double b, int &seed )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    R8_UNIFORM_AB returns a scaled pseudorandom R8.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The pseudorandom number should be uniformly distributed
//    between A and B.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    09 April 2012
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, double A, B, the limits of the interval.
//
//    Input/output, int &SEED, the "seed" value, which should NOT be 0.
//    On output, SEED has been updated.
//
//    Output, double R8_UNIFORM_AB, a number strictly between A and B.
//
{
  const int i4_huge = 2147483647;
  int k;
  double value;

  if ( seed == 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "R8_UNIFORM_AB - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  Input value of SEED = 0.\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  k = seed / 127773;

  seed = 16807 * ( seed - k * 127773 ) - k * 2836;

  if ( seed < 0 )
  {
    seed = seed + i4_huge;
  }

  value = ( double ) ( seed ) * 4.656612875E-10;

  value = a + ( b - a ) * value;

  return value;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void r8vec_print ( int n, double a[], string title )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    R8VEC_PRINT prints an R8VEC.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    An R8VEC is a vector of R8's.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    16 August 2004
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the number of components of the vector.
//
//    Input, double A[N], the vector to be printed.
//
//    Input, string TITLE, a title.
//
{
  int i;

  cout << "\n";
  cout << title << "\n";
  cout << "\n";
  for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
  {
    cout << "  " << setw(8)  << i
         << ": " << setw(14) << a[i]  << "\n";
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void sort_heap_external ( int n, int &indx, int &i, int &j, int isgn )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    SORT_HEAP_EXTERNAL externally sorts a list of items into ascending order.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    The actual list is not passed to the routine.  Hence it may
//    consist of integers, reals, numbers, names, etc.  The user,
//    after each return from the routine, will be asked to compare or
//    interchange two items.
//
//    The current version of this code mimics the FORTRAN version,
//    so the values of I and J, in particular, are FORTRAN indices.
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    06 January 2013
//
//  Author:
//
//    Original FORTRAN77 version by Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf.
//    C++ version by John Burkardt
//
//  Reference:
//
//    Albert Nijenhuis, Herbert Wilf,
//    Combinatorial Algorithms,
//    Academic Press, 1978, second edition,
//    ISBN 0-12-519260-6.
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int N, the length of the input list.
//
//    Input/output, int &INDX.
//    The user must set INDX to 0 before the first call.
//    On return,
//      if INDX is greater than 0, the user must interchange
//      items I and J and recall the routine.
//      If INDX is less than 0, the user is to compare items I
//      and J and return in ISGN a negative value if I is to
//      precede J, and a positive value otherwise.
//      If INDX is 0, the sorting is done.
//
//    Output, int &I, &J.  On return with INDX positive,
//    elements I and J of the user's list should be
//    interchanged.  On return with INDX negative, elements I
//    and J are to be compared by the user.
//
//    Input, int ISGN. On return with INDX negative, the
//    user should compare elements I and J of the list.  If
//    item I is to precede item J, set ISGN negative,
//    otherwise set ISGN positive.
//
{
  static int i_save = 0;
  static int j_save = 0;
  static int k_save = 0;
  static int l_save = 0;
  static int n_save = 0;
//
//  INDX = 0: This is the first call.
//
  if ( indx == 0 )
  {

    i_save = 0;
    j_save = 0;
    k_save = n / 2;
    l_save = n / 2;
    n_save = n;
  }
//
//  INDX < 0: The user is returning the results of a comparison.
//
  else if ( indx < 0 )
  {
    if ( indx == -2 )
    {
      if ( isgn < 0 )
      {
        i_save = i_save + 1;
      }
      j_save = l_save;
      l_save = i_save;
      indx = -1;
      i = i_save;
      j = j_save;
      return;
    }

    if ( 0 < isgn )
    {
      indx = 2;
      i = i_save;
      j = j_save;
      return;
    }

    if ( k_save <= 1 )
    {
      if ( n_save == 1 )
      {
        i_save = 0;
        j_save = 0;
        indx = 0;
      }
      else
      {
        i_save = n_save;
        j_save = 1;
        n_save = n_save - 1;
        indx = 1;
      }
      i = i_save;
      j = j_save;
      return;
    }
    k_save = k_save - 1;
    l_save = k_save;
  }
//
//  0 < INDX: the user was asked to make an interchange.
//
  else if ( indx == 1 )
  {
    l_save = k_save;
  }

  for ( ; ; )
  {

    i_save = 2 * l_save;

    if ( i_save == n_save )
    {
      j_save = l_save;
      l_save = i_save;
      indx = -1;
      i = i_save;
      j = j_save;
      return;
    }
    else if ( i_save <= n_save )
    {
      j_save = i_save + 1;
      indx = -2;
      i = i_save;
      j = j_save;
      return;
    }

    if ( k_save <= 1 )
    {
      break;
    }

    k_save = k_save - 1;
    l_save = k_save;
  }

  if ( n_save == 1 )
  {
    i_save = 0;
    j_save = 0;
    indx = 0;
    i = i_save;
    j = j_save;
  }
  else
  {
    i_save = n_save;
    j_save = 1;
    n_save = n_save - 1;
    indx = 1;
    i = i_save;
    j = j_save;
  }

  return;
}
//****************************************************************************80

void timestamp ( )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    TIMESTAMP prints the current YMDHMS date as a time stamp.
//
//  Example:
//
//    31 May 2001 09:45:54 AM
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license.
//
//  Modified:
//
//    08 July 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    None
//
{
# define TIME_SIZE 40

  static char time_buffer[TIME_SIZE];
  const struct std::tm *tm_ptr;
  size_t len;
  std::time_t now;

  now = std::time ( NULL );
  tm_ptr = std::localtime ( &now );

  len = std::strftime ( time_buffer, TIME_SIZE, "%d %B %Y %I:%M:%S %p", tm_ptr );

  std::cout << time_buffer << "\n";

  return;
# undef TIME_SIZE
}
//****************************************************************************80

int triangle_to_i4 ( int i, int j )

//****************************************************************************80
//
//  Purpose:
//
//    TRIANGLE_TO_I4 converts a triangular coordinate to an integer.
//
//  Discussion:
//
//    Triangular coordinates are handy when storing a naturally triangular
//    array (such as the lower half of a matrix) in a linear array.
//
//    Thus, for example, we might consider storing
//
//    (0,0)
//    (1,0) (1,1)
//    (2,0) (2,1) (2,2)
//    (3,0) (3,1) (3,2) (3,3)
//
//    as the linear array
//
//    (0,0) (1,0) (1,1) (2,0) (2,1) (2,2) (3,0) (3,1) (3,2) (3,3)
//
//    Here, the quantities in parenthesis represent the natural row and
//    column indices of a single number when stored in a rectangular array.
//
//    Thus, our goal is, given the row I and column J of the data,
//    to produce the value K which indicates its position in the linear
//    array.
//
//    The triangular numbers are the indices associated with the
//    diagonal elements of the original array, T(0,0), T(1,1), T(2,2), 
//    T(3,3) and so on.
//
//    The formula is:
//
//      K = J + ( ( I * ( I + 1 ) ) / 2
//
//  Example:
//
//    I  J  K
//
//    0  0  0
//    1  0  1
//    1  1  2
//    2  0  3
//    2  1  4
//    2  2  5
//    3  0  6
//    3  1  7
//    3  2  8
//    3  3  9
//
//  Licensing:
//
//    This code is distributed under the GNU LGPL license. 
//
//  Modified:
//
//    18 January 2009
//
//  Author:
//
//    John Burkardt
//
//  Parameters:
//
//    Input, int I, J, the row and column indices.  I and J must
//    be nonnegative, and J must not be greater than I.
//
//    Output, int TRIANGLE_TO_I4, the linear index of the (I,J) element.
//
{
  int value;

  if ( i < 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "TRIANGLE_TO_I4 - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  I < 0.\n";
    cerr << "  I = " << i << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( j < 0 )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "TRIANGLE_TO_I4 - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  J < 0.\n";
    cerr << "  J = " << j << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }
  else if ( i < j )
  {
    cerr << "\n";
    cerr << "TRIANGLE_TO_I4 - Fatal error!\n";
    cerr << "  I < J.\n";
    cerr << "  I = " << i << "\n";
    cerr << "  J = " << j << "\n";
    exit ( 1 );
  }

  value = j + (  i * ( i + 1 ) ) / 2;

  return value;
}